team member training program - ritricted accessgciconnect.net/documents/ihop...
TRANSCRIPT
Training Others
Team Member Training Program
TRAINING
OTHERS
11
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Others Program
At IHOP our job is to off er great food and excellent service to each and every guest But this doesnrsquot happen simply by letting each Team Member ldquodo their own thingrdquo It takes teamwork attention to detail and most importantly training Ensuring that all IHOP Team Members are trained and prepared to give our guests a great dining experience is the responsibility of the ldquoCertifi ed Trainerrdquo
Chances are when you started at IHOP you learned to do your job from a Certifi ed Trainer Now that yoursquove demonstrated your ability to excel at your job the next step is for you to be designated as a Certifi ed Trainer and share your knowledge and skills with new and existing Team Members as they grow into successful IHOP Team Members By providing clear objectives and patient guidance you will help new Team Members to quickly learn their jobs and will guide existing Team Members as they learn new tasks both of which help us reach our goals of providing excellent service to our guests
You may be asking yourself ldquoMy Manager thinks I should be a Certifi ed Trainer but whatrsquos in it for merdquo Excellent question Here are just a few of the benefi ts of being a Certifi ed Trainer
In a restaurant with a well-trained staff customer service goes up sales go up and as a result pay and tips go up too
It is personally rewarding to help others learn their jobs
A well-trained team makes the restaurant a more effi cient and pleasant place to work
Team Members see you as a role model and Certifi ed Trainer
You can make it fun
Additionally your entire restaurant team benefi ts by having Certifi ed Trainers on staff in the following ways
A well-trained team increases guest satisfaction and overall restaurant morale
All Team Members are taught the same procedures ensuring consistency in food preparation presentation and service
Team Members have someone they can ask for help or advice when the manager is not available
A well-trained staff that works together actually makes your job easier because if everyone is doing their job correctly it will make you less likely to have to cover for someone who is under performing
Becoming a Certifi ed Trainer
To become a Certifi ed Trainer you must complete this Training Others program which is a self-paced instructional module that introduces you to the techniques and principles for training adults in an on-the-job training environment Herersquos how that process works
22
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Becoming a Certifi ed Trainer
STEP 1Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicals for the positions they will be training
STEP 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD
STEP 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practical
STEP 4General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
STEP 5Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer form
STEP 6
General manager issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
STEP 7 Congratulations You are now a Certifi ed Trainer
TRAINING
OTHERS
33
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Introduction to the Training Others Module
The Training Others module is a self-paced program that introduces you the techniques and principles that you will use to provide eff ective on-the-job training to your Learners The topics you will learn in this modules are
Training Basics
Teaching Adults
The Five-Step Training Method
Training Others Self Test
The IHOP 101 Program
Here are a few simple points to consider as you start the program
Continually displaying your enthusiasm for your job and your commitment to the team is as important as any skill you can teach a Learner Learners will model their behavior after their Certifi ed Trainer thatrsquos you
Have confi dence in yourself and your ability to do the job You wouldnrsquot be asked to be a Certifi ed Trainer if you hadnrsquot already proven that you can be successful
In addition to the ldquowhatrdquo and the ldquohowrdquo of their jobs it is important for Learners to know ldquowhyrdquo the tasks associated with their job are important If you can show a Learner the importance of each step of their job they are more likely to do it and to do it properly
Incorporate training and your on-the-job experiences into your instruction plan What yoursquove done on the job has worked for you so give your Learners the benefi t of your experiences
Donrsquot forget the humor ndash As much as possible try to keep the training experience fun and exciting Use fl ash cards videos props and demonstrations to get points across Look for ways to personalize each session by using fi rst names frequently and build on the individual skills of each Learner
Training others can be challenging but it is also very rewarding The Training Others module will show you how to include ldquowhatrdquo ldquohowrdquo and ldquowhyrdquo in your training technique and to provide valuable feedback for improvement to your Learners
So grab yourself a pen or a pencil and letrsquos begin
ldquoTell me and I forget teach me and I remember
involve me and I learn -BENJAMIN FRANKLIN
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Learning Style Assessment
One of the most important points a Certifi ed Trainer can recognize is that not every Learner learns the same way Fully understanding this starts by recognizing how you yourself learn best Take the assessment below to determine what learning method works best for you Choose the answer that best explains your preference and mark the letter If more than one answer matches your perception you may mark multiple answers
As you conduct training with your Learners keep this assessment in mind What learning method works best for each of your Learners Are you presenting information in the way that works best for each Learner Yoursquoll learn more about this later in the module
You are about to give directions to a person She is staying in a hotel in town and wants to visit your house She has a rental car Would you S Draw a map on paper R Write down the directions (without a map) L Tell her the directions D Collect her from the hotel in your car
You are staying in a hotel and have a rental car You would like to visit a friend whose addresslocation you do not know Would you like them to S Draw you a map R Write down the directions (without a map)L Tell you directionsD Collect you from the hotel in their car
You have just received a copy of your itinerary for a world trip This is of interest to your friend Would you L Call her immediately and tell her about it R Send her a copy of the printed itinerary S Show her a map of the world
You are going to cook a dessert as a special treat for your family Do you D Cook something familiar without the need for instructions S Thumb through a cookbook looking for ideas from the pictures R Refer to a specifi c cookbook where there is a good recipe L Ask for advise from others
A group of tourists has been assigned to you to fi nd out about national parks Would you D Drive them to a national park S Show them slides and photographs R Give them a book on national parksL Give them a talk on national parks
You are about to purchase a new stereo Other than the price what would most infl uence your decision L A friend talking about it D Listening to itR Reading the details about it S Its distinctive upscale appearance
1
2
3
4
5
6
44
TRAINING
OTHERS
55
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Recall a time in your life when you learned how to do something like playing a new board game Try to avoid choosing a very physical skill ie riding a bike How did you learn best By S Visual clues-pictures diagrams charts R Written instructionsL Listening to somebody explain it D Doing it
Which of these games do you prefer S PictionaryR ScrabbleD Charades
You are about to learn how to use a new program on a computer Would you D Ask a friend to show you R Read the manual which comes with the program L Telephone a friend and ask questions about it
You are not sure whether a word should be spelled ldquodependentrdquo or ldquodependantrdquo Do you R Look it up in a dictionaryS See the word in your mind and choose the best way it looksL Sound it outD Write both versions down
Apart from price what would most infl uence your decision to buy a particular book D Using a friendrsquos copyR Skimming parts of itL A friend talking about itS It looks OK
A new movie has arrived in town What would most infl uence your decision to go or not go L Friends talking about itR You read a review about itS You saw a preview of it
Do you prefer a lecturerteacher who likes to use R Handouts andor a textbookS Flow diagrams charts slidesD Field trips labs practical sessionsL Discussion guest speakers
Now go back and count how many Srsquos Lrsquos Rrsquos and Drsquos you circled Whichever letter you circled most indicates your preferred learning style If you have a ldquotierdquo or two letters are almost equal you probably have more than one preferred learning style Review the following chart for an in-depth look at your preferred learning style
S _____ L _____ R _____ D_____
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
66
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
LEARNING STYLE
Seeing Listening ReadingWriting Doing
About your
style
You learn through watching You prefer to see things in person in pictures or videoYou think about what you see before actingYou memorize lists by associating items with other familiar itemsYou generally need to watch somebody else do a task fi rst before trying it
You learn through explanationYou think about what yoursquove heard before actingYou generally enjoy CDrsquos as well as videos with good narrationGenerally you donrsquot respond with anything but a head nod when learning
You learn best by reading every detail about your subject You prefer to see things in writing You remember by writing detailed notesYou often use descriptive words when describing or writingYou generally need to read about a task before trying it
You learn best with a hands on approachYour ideal training session includes trial and error You prefer not to have to read anything You often dive right into a task without thinking about it
During note-
taking you
should
Underline Use diff erent colors Use symbols charts arrangements on a page
Discuss topics with other LearnersExplain new ideas to other LearnersUse a tape recorder Describe what yoursquove seen or heard to somebody that was not there Leave space in notes for later recall
Use lists with headings Use a dictionary Use handouts and textbooks Re-read your notes Use acronyms and abbreviations
Write down the steps you used to accomplish the taskDiscuss your notes with other Learners
When
studying you
should
Re-draw notes and images from memory Replace words with symbols and initials
Understand you may take poor notes because you prefer to listen Expand on your notes Put summarized notes on tape and listen Read summarized notes out load Explain notes to another ldquoListeningrdquo person
Write out the words again and again Re-read notes silently Re-write ideas into other words Organize diagrams into statements
Understand you may take notes poorly as some topics may not seem relevant at the timePut examples in note summaries Use pictures and photos to illustrate Talk about notes with another ldquoDoingrdquo person
During tests
you should
Recall the pictures of the pages Draw use diagrams where appropriate Practice turning visuals back into words
Listen to your voices and write them down Speak your answersPractice writing answers to old exam questions
Practice with multiple choice questions Write out lists
Write practice answers Role-play the exam situation at home
TRAINING
OTHERS
TRAINING
OTHERS
77
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING BASICS
In this fi rst section of the Training Others module yoursquoll learn the Why the Who and the When of eff ective training Some of this information may seem obvious to you however it is important that we lay a solid foundation upon which to build the information in the following sections
Why Train
Take a moment and think about how training can have the following eff ects on your business Record at least one idea in for each area
Training Can
Impact
By
Increases Guest
Satisfaction
Increases Sales
Reduces Food
Costs
Reduces Labor
Costs
Reduces
Turnover
Provides a
Better Work
Environment
Find your Manager and discuss your answers then discuss any specifi c problems or situations in your restaurant that your Manager feels can be solved or corrected through training
88
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Now that yoursquove thought about it and discussed it with your Manager review these other possible answers
Training Can
Impact
By
Increases Guest
Satisfaction
A guest that experiences great service and food will be a return customer Training produces Team Members who provide great service and food
Team members that are well trained are confi dent in their ability to satisfy guests This creates greater job satisfaction and less likelihood of leaving for a diff erent job
Increases Sales
A successful training program results in Team Members who consistently provide guests with a memorable dining experience This creates customer loyalty which in turn creates a busier restaurant and increased sales
Reduces Food
Costs
Team members who know the correct recipes garnishes and procedures are less likely to make mistakes Less mistakes means less waste
Reduces Labor
Costs
Eff ective training leads to Team Members who are organized and effi cient This saves time
Eff ectively trained Team Members do their jobs effi ciently resulting in less side work and deep cleaning The side work and deep cleaning will be done more quickly saving labor
Reduces
Turnover
An eff ective training program greatly reduces Team Member frustration when learning a new job Without adequate resources for training Team Members can lose motivation This can lead to higher Team Member turnover
Provides a
Better Work
Environment
Team members who perform their job well are generally happier with their job leading to a more pleasant work environment
Training should focus on the importance of teamwork in the restaurant A group of Team Members who work as a team will always have a good time while at work
TRAINING
OTHERS
99
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Who Should Be the Trainer
Think back to the teachers trainers mentors and authority fi gures that have made an impact in your life What are some of the characteristics that they shared Record at least fi ve characteristics in the spaces below
Characteristic 1 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 2 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 3 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 4 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 5 _______________________________________________
The list below shows the characteristics that most eff ective trainers possess Chances are yoursquove written some of these on your list above
Good communication skills
Plenty of patience
An interest in helping others to learn
Extensive knowledge and experience
Unending enthusiasm
Respect for others respect from their customers and co-workers
Now look at both lists Who else do you know that possesses these characteristics Itrsquos probably you And this is the reason yoursquove been selected to become a Certifi ed Trainer
Even if you donrsquot think you have all of these qualities remember these are skills that can be learned by you Seeking out feedback from your Manager your co-workers Learners and even customers will let you know how yoursquore doing
Someone had enough confidence in your abilities to ask you to be a trainer Have confidence in your own Abilities
1010
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
When Should You Train
Training must be a priority in your restaurant It cannot wait for a convenient time because the fact is there probably wonrsquot be one
Training New Hires
When someone is hired it often means that yoursquore short staff ed The tendency is to skip through the training process and get the person ldquoon-the-jobrdquo as soon as possible This is the worst possible thing you can do
By failing to thoroughly train someone up front not only are you setting them up to fail but you are actually hurting your business because this ldquountrainedrdquo Team Member will make many more mistakes than someone who was properly trained
Taking time to properly train a Team Member up-front will actually save time and money in the long run
If you fail to train up-front you will end up re-training the Team Member later and retraining is much more diffi cult because of the ldquobad habitsrdquo the Team Member has learned and must unlearn In fact studies have shown that it takes up to 13 weeks of focused attention to relearn a task that has been learned incorrectly Save yourself and the Learner the time and energy and train them correctly from the beginning
On-going Training
Your skills wonrsquot be used to train only new hires yoursquoll be assisting your Manager in the following training situations
Experienced Team Members who need to learn something new
Team members with performance problems
Training new operations or products
New Team Members are often the easiest to train as they are excited and motivated to learn their new job However when training in other situations the Learnerrsquos motivation must be evaluated to determine whether training is the appropriate solution Training will only benefi t Team Members if they want to learn
TRAINING
OTHERS
1111
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Teaching Adults
All adults follow a predictable pattern when learning that we refer to as the ldquoStages of Learning Reactionrdquo Review the stages below
Level Also Known As Your Role
Unconscious
Incompetence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is not aware of all the tasks required to be successful on the job
Make the Learner aware of the need
Make Learner aware of opportunity
Make Learner aware of the standards for performance
Conscious
Incompetence
ldquoI know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is aware of all the tasks but does not yet know how to do them
Train
Use the Five Step Training Method (wersquoll cover this later)
Conscious
Competence
ldquoI know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks but cannot do them without supervision
Reassure
Build esteem
Keep standards high
Unconscious
Competence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks and does them successfully without even thinking about it
Follow-up
Keep standards high
The goal is to move each Learner to the fourth stage so that they can perform their jobs well without supervision Recognizing exactly what stage each Learner is in at all times will help you determine how to direct your training eff orts
1212
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Whatrsquos In It For Me (WIIFM)
Itrsquos simply human nature to ask this question The answer to this question is probably very important to your Learners whether it is job satisfaction pay or because they simply like to do the job there must be something ldquoinrdquo it for the Learner
Whether they ask this question directly or not you need to be able to show the ldquovaluerdquo of what the Learner is doing in terms of a perceived ldquobenefi trdquo to the Learner
For example we suggest orange juice to all guests who come into IHOP for breakfast Now obviously this is a suggestive selling technique that benefi ts us by increasing sales However is knowing that enough motivation to the Learner to encourage them to suggest juice to each and every guest
Maybe it is and maybe it isnrsquot but if you were to explain the importance of suggesting juice in terms of how it will benefi t the Learner (ie higher check average which leads to a larger tip) the Learner is more likely to perform that action
ALWAYS GIVE THE LEARNER THE WIIFM
Common Blocks to Learning
Most Learners will be very motivated to learn However some will have doubts fears anxieties and insecurities about their abilities Some Learners may even have some serious blocks that hamper their ability or desire to learn The following table shows some common blocks to learning experience by Learners and the suggested approaches the Certifi ed Trainer can take overcome them
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF THE
UNKNOWN
ldquoWhat have I gotten myself intordquo
ldquoI wonder what theyrsquore going to do to merdquo
ldquoI hope everyonersquos nice hererdquo
Explain how the training program will progress
Explain the dayrsquos training objectives at the start of every shift
Explain the next dayrsquos training plan at the end of every shift
FEAR OF LOOKING
FOOLISH
ldquoI look like an idiot (carrying plates fl ipping eggs)rdquo
ldquoEveryone else can do it so much better than I canrdquo
ldquoI donrsquot want anyone to see that I just messed this uprdquo
Explain that everyone theyrsquore working with went through the same process
Reinforce that no one expects them to be perfect during training
Tell them that theyrsquoll look like an experienced ServerHostCook in no time
Emphasize that yoursquore there to help them not judge or criticize them
TRAINING
OTHERS
1313
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF FAILURE
ldquoLook at this menu therersquos so much to learnrdquo
ldquoIrsquom never going to be able to do thisrdquo
ldquoI know Irsquom going to forget everything I just learned when Irsquom with a customerduring a rushrdquo
Clarify that the training program is self-paced so they can move at a speed theyrsquore comfortable with
Explain that their feelings are normal
Reinforce and praise all the things they learn in the beginning of training even the small stuff
FEAR OF CHANGE
ldquoThis is a waste of time I already know this jobrdquo
ldquoI know a better way to do itrdquo
ldquoI prefer to do it my wayrdquo
Tell them there are many ways to do the same thing correctly yoursquore going to show them IHOPrsquos way
Reinforce why yoursquore asking them to do what you teach
Listen Sometimes Learners have a good idea
APATHY
ldquoI just donrsquot carerdquo
ldquoBORINGrdquo
ldquoIrsquoll sit here if I have to but you canrsquot make me listenrdquo
Ask the Learner what you can do to make the training valuable for them
If the problem continues ask a manager for help
1414
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Learning Styles
Adults generally learn new tasks through one of four learning styles seeing listening readingwriting and doing Some people learn through one style better than through another but most people use all or a combination of all four styles Consider the following example
Imagine you are learning to bowl for the fi rst time Which of the following represents the question that most closely describes the method of learning that most appeals to you Circle your choice
I would like to watch other people who are good bowlers and try to imitate their movements (Seeing)
I would like to have someone who knows how to bowl tell me what I should do (Listening)
I would like to read a bowling instruction manual (Readingwriting)
I would just like to jump in and do it fi guring it out as I go along (Doing)
1
2
3
4
From the self-assessment you took at the beginning of the Training Others module you already know what learning style works best for you But imagine how frustrating it must be for a Learner who probably isnrsquot even aware of which style works best for them when a Certifi ed Trainer uses the completely wrong style Consider giving this the self-assessment to each new Learner to help you deliver training using the style that works best for each
TRAINING
OTHERS
1515
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Here is a quick breakdown of the attributes associated with each learning style
Learning
Style
Preferred
SenseMotto How they learn best
SEEING Sight Seeing is believing
Learns best by observing others
Thinks about what was seen and then acts
Enjoys watching videotapes and by watching others to clarify their own understanding
LISTENING Sound I hear what yoursquore saying
Learns best by hearing others explain things
Thinks about what was heard and then acts
Enjoys learning from audio and videotapes and by discussing things with others to clarify their understanding
READING
WRITINGSight Can I see that
in writing
Learns best by reading written materials
Takes a lot of notes
Enjoys reading manuals and workbooks Must check their own understanding against written instructions
DOING Touch Just let me do it
Learns best by actually doing things
Uses ldquogutrdquo feelings and intuition
Enjoys learning by trial and error and by practicing to clarify their understanding
Because most people learn best using a combination of these four learning styles a successful training program uses all four styles in varying degrees
1616
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The Five-Step Training Method
To be provide eff ective on-the-job training you must follow a proven training method At IHOP we use the Five-Step Method of Training for all training situations including new-hire training training existing Team Members on new procedures or for retraining existing Team Members who are not performing according to standards We will look at each of the following fi ve steps in detail in this section
Plan
Tell
Show
Do
Review
Planning is essential for training to be successful Unfortunately this step is often overlooked Some trainers believe that simply by having the new Learner work alongside others they will automatically learn the job However it takes more training than that
It often takes longer to complete your daily routine if yoursquore training at the same time You and your managers will need to plan for this Make sure therersquos enough time to train someone correctly It will be worth it in the long run A well trained Team Member is an eff ective and effi cient Team Member
Proper planning includes determining the following training ldquobasicsrdquo At the very least you should know the answers to all of these questions before you begin training
Who are you training
What are you training
What do they already know
When are you training
Why is the training taking place
How long do you have to train
What is the expected outcome
Are there any barriers to training (ie language)
TRAINING
OTHERS
1717
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 1 PLAN
Making a Plan
When planning for training follow these steps
Determine the
Goal
Defi ne what training success means
Make sure the goal is achievable
Do not set a goal so high that no one can ever reach it
Develop a
training plan
Decide who will conduct the training
Develop a training schedule
Make sure the ldquowho what when where why and howrdquo of training is determined
Plan each step
Determine the exact information and procedures you will be training in each step
Organize the materials yoursquoll need
Determine the order in which the information will be taught
Decide the amount of time necessary for each step
Failing to Plan
Take a moment and think about the consequences of not having planned properly for training Write some of these in the spaces below
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
1818
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 2 TELL
People learn a lot faster if they know what to expect So before getting to the actual ldquotrainingrdquo as well as throughout the training communicate the following to the Learner be sure to paint a picture in the Learnerrsquos mind of where the training will be going
Tell them the job will
be easy to learn
Reassure them if the job is easyIf the job is not easy (ie learning to fl ip eggs for the fi rst time) tell them it will take time but that they will learn with practice
Tell them why itrsquos
important to you
Remember that adults need to understand the ldquowhyrdquo of a task before theyrsquore motivated to learnThe ldquowhyrdquo usually includes maintaining consistency as a restaurant chain and providing excellent quality service and cleanliness
Tell them why itrsquos
important to them
When Team Members know whatrsquos expected they perform better are praised by the manager and receive positive performance reviewsTeamwork will improve because everyone has been taught the same standardsTheir self-confi dence will increase because they know what theyrsquore doing
Tell them about their
job description
Keep the job description handy It spells out the details of the job Use the job description to help you evaluate the Team Memberrsquos performance
Tell them the KEY
points and steps of the
job
Provide a rdquobig picturerdquo overview of why the task is importantExplain the details of the job and what it entailsGive and repeat the critical steps of the jobUse training workbooks recipes and laminates as you explain
Tell them in the
simplest way
Keep it short and to the point People with prior restaurant experience can generally understand information more quickly than someone new to the industryTell them in a two-way discussionEncourage questions If you do not know the answers to questions donrsquot fake it Find outMake sure all questions get answered in a timely manner
TRAINING
OTHERS
1919
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Practice Telling the ldquoBig Picturerdquo
In the space provided below identify what you would tell a Learner to give them the big picture perspective about each of the tasks listed in order to prepare them for learning the task Use the appropriate list based on whether you are a Front or Back-of-House Team Member Hint Make sure you cover the points in the table on the previous page
Task Front-of-House Tasks Back-of-House Tasks1 Using a seating chart Preparing Buttermilk batter2 Proper table set-up Preparing a Steak Omelette3 Proper coff ee service Preparing an Over Easy egg
Task 1 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2020
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 3 SHOW
After you tell the Learner about the task they will be performing the next step is to actually show them how to do it The best way to go about this is to perform the task yourself while the Learner watches Sometimes the ldquoTellrdquo and ldquoShowrdquo steps are done at the same time especially if the task is a simple one like rolling silverware or labeling and dating perishable items for storage
Follow these guidelines when ldquoshowingrdquo a Learner how to perform a task
Show them one step at
a time
Break up tasks into small manageable pieces
Be sure they understand each step before you move onto the next
Show them the
right way
Bad habits are learned Teach the proper way Donrsquot teach shortcuts
Do not assume a task is so simple that you do not need to train it
Show them you
welcome questions
Ask them questions to check how much theyrsquove learned and confi rm they understand
Prompt them to ask questions if they donrsquot ask on their own
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
11
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Others Program
At IHOP our job is to off er great food and excellent service to each and every guest But this doesnrsquot happen simply by letting each Team Member ldquodo their own thingrdquo It takes teamwork attention to detail and most importantly training Ensuring that all IHOP Team Members are trained and prepared to give our guests a great dining experience is the responsibility of the ldquoCertifi ed Trainerrdquo
Chances are when you started at IHOP you learned to do your job from a Certifi ed Trainer Now that yoursquove demonstrated your ability to excel at your job the next step is for you to be designated as a Certifi ed Trainer and share your knowledge and skills with new and existing Team Members as they grow into successful IHOP Team Members By providing clear objectives and patient guidance you will help new Team Members to quickly learn their jobs and will guide existing Team Members as they learn new tasks both of which help us reach our goals of providing excellent service to our guests
You may be asking yourself ldquoMy Manager thinks I should be a Certifi ed Trainer but whatrsquos in it for merdquo Excellent question Here are just a few of the benefi ts of being a Certifi ed Trainer
In a restaurant with a well-trained staff customer service goes up sales go up and as a result pay and tips go up too
It is personally rewarding to help others learn their jobs
A well-trained team makes the restaurant a more effi cient and pleasant place to work
Team Members see you as a role model and Certifi ed Trainer
You can make it fun
Additionally your entire restaurant team benefi ts by having Certifi ed Trainers on staff in the following ways
A well-trained team increases guest satisfaction and overall restaurant morale
All Team Members are taught the same procedures ensuring consistency in food preparation presentation and service
Team Members have someone they can ask for help or advice when the manager is not available
A well-trained staff that works together actually makes your job easier because if everyone is doing their job correctly it will make you less likely to have to cover for someone who is under performing
Becoming a Certifi ed Trainer
To become a Certifi ed Trainer you must complete this Training Others program which is a self-paced instructional module that introduces you to the techniques and principles for training adults in an on-the-job training environment Herersquos how that process works
22
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Becoming a Certifi ed Trainer
STEP 1Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicals for the positions they will be training
STEP 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD
STEP 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practical
STEP 4General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
STEP 5Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer form
STEP 6
General manager issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
STEP 7 Congratulations You are now a Certifi ed Trainer
TRAINING
OTHERS
33
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Introduction to the Training Others Module
The Training Others module is a self-paced program that introduces you the techniques and principles that you will use to provide eff ective on-the-job training to your Learners The topics you will learn in this modules are
Training Basics
Teaching Adults
The Five-Step Training Method
Training Others Self Test
The IHOP 101 Program
Here are a few simple points to consider as you start the program
Continually displaying your enthusiasm for your job and your commitment to the team is as important as any skill you can teach a Learner Learners will model their behavior after their Certifi ed Trainer thatrsquos you
Have confi dence in yourself and your ability to do the job You wouldnrsquot be asked to be a Certifi ed Trainer if you hadnrsquot already proven that you can be successful
In addition to the ldquowhatrdquo and the ldquohowrdquo of their jobs it is important for Learners to know ldquowhyrdquo the tasks associated with their job are important If you can show a Learner the importance of each step of their job they are more likely to do it and to do it properly
Incorporate training and your on-the-job experiences into your instruction plan What yoursquove done on the job has worked for you so give your Learners the benefi t of your experiences
Donrsquot forget the humor ndash As much as possible try to keep the training experience fun and exciting Use fl ash cards videos props and demonstrations to get points across Look for ways to personalize each session by using fi rst names frequently and build on the individual skills of each Learner
Training others can be challenging but it is also very rewarding The Training Others module will show you how to include ldquowhatrdquo ldquohowrdquo and ldquowhyrdquo in your training technique and to provide valuable feedback for improvement to your Learners
So grab yourself a pen or a pencil and letrsquos begin
ldquoTell me and I forget teach me and I remember
involve me and I learn -BENJAMIN FRANKLIN
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Learning Style Assessment
One of the most important points a Certifi ed Trainer can recognize is that not every Learner learns the same way Fully understanding this starts by recognizing how you yourself learn best Take the assessment below to determine what learning method works best for you Choose the answer that best explains your preference and mark the letter If more than one answer matches your perception you may mark multiple answers
As you conduct training with your Learners keep this assessment in mind What learning method works best for each of your Learners Are you presenting information in the way that works best for each Learner Yoursquoll learn more about this later in the module
You are about to give directions to a person She is staying in a hotel in town and wants to visit your house She has a rental car Would you S Draw a map on paper R Write down the directions (without a map) L Tell her the directions D Collect her from the hotel in your car
You are staying in a hotel and have a rental car You would like to visit a friend whose addresslocation you do not know Would you like them to S Draw you a map R Write down the directions (without a map)L Tell you directionsD Collect you from the hotel in their car
You have just received a copy of your itinerary for a world trip This is of interest to your friend Would you L Call her immediately and tell her about it R Send her a copy of the printed itinerary S Show her a map of the world
You are going to cook a dessert as a special treat for your family Do you D Cook something familiar without the need for instructions S Thumb through a cookbook looking for ideas from the pictures R Refer to a specifi c cookbook where there is a good recipe L Ask for advise from others
A group of tourists has been assigned to you to fi nd out about national parks Would you D Drive them to a national park S Show them slides and photographs R Give them a book on national parksL Give them a talk on national parks
You are about to purchase a new stereo Other than the price what would most infl uence your decision L A friend talking about it D Listening to itR Reading the details about it S Its distinctive upscale appearance
1
2
3
4
5
6
44
TRAINING
OTHERS
55
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Recall a time in your life when you learned how to do something like playing a new board game Try to avoid choosing a very physical skill ie riding a bike How did you learn best By S Visual clues-pictures diagrams charts R Written instructionsL Listening to somebody explain it D Doing it
Which of these games do you prefer S PictionaryR ScrabbleD Charades
You are about to learn how to use a new program on a computer Would you D Ask a friend to show you R Read the manual which comes with the program L Telephone a friend and ask questions about it
You are not sure whether a word should be spelled ldquodependentrdquo or ldquodependantrdquo Do you R Look it up in a dictionaryS See the word in your mind and choose the best way it looksL Sound it outD Write both versions down
Apart from price what would most infl uence your decision to buy a particular book D Using a friendrsquos copyR Skimming parts of itL A friend talking about itS It looks OK
A new movie has arrived in town What would most infl uence your decision to go or not go L Friends talking about itR You read a review about itS You saw a preview of it
Do you prefer a lecturerteacher who likes to use R Handouts andor a textbookS Flow diagrams charts slidesD Field trips labs practical sessionsL Discussion guest speakers
Now go back and count how many Srsquos Lrsquos Rrsquos and Drsquos you circled Whichever letter you circled most indicates your preferred learning style If you have a ldquotierdquo or two letters are almost equal you probably have more than one preferred learning style Review the following chart for an in-depth look at your preferred learning style
S _____ L _____ R _____ D_____
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
66
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
LEARNING STYLE
Seeing Listening ReadingWriting Doing
About your
style
You learn through watching You prefer to see things in person in pictures or videoYou think about what you see before actingYou memorize lists by associating items with other familiar itemsYou generally need to watch somebody else do a task fi rst before trying it
You learn through explanationYou think about what yoursquove heard before actingYou generally enjoy CDrsquos as well as videos with good narrationGenerally you donrsquot respond with anything but a head nod when learning
You learn best by reading every detail about your subject You prefer to see things in writing You remember by writing detailed notesYou often use descriptive words when describing or writingYou generally need to read about a task before trying it
You learn best with a hands on approachYour ideal training session includes trial and error You prefer not to have to read anything You often dive right into a task without thinking about it
During note-
taking you
should
Underline Use diff erent colors Use symbols charts arrangements on a page
Discuss topics with other LearnersExplain new ideas to other LearnersUse a tape recorder Describe what yoursquove seen or heard to somebody that was not there Leave space in notes for later recall
Use lists with headings Use a dictionary Use handouts and textbooks Re-read your notes Use acronyms and abbreviations
Write down the steps you used to accomplish the taskDiscuss your notes with other Learners
When
studying you
should
Re-draw notes and images from memory Replace words with symbols and initials
Understand you may take poor notes because you prefer to listen Expand on your notes Put summarized notes on tape and listen Read summarized notes out load Explain notes to another ldquoListeningrdquo person
Write out the words again and again Re-read notes silently Re-write ideas into other words Organize diagrams into statements
Understand you may take notes poorly as some topics may not seem relevant at the timePut examples in note summaries Use pictures and photos to illustrate Talk about notes with another ldquoDoingrdquo person
During tests
you should
Recall the pictures of the pages Draw use diagrams where appropriate Practice turning visuals back into words
Listen to your voices and write them down Speak your answersPractice writing answers to old exam questions
Practice with multiple choice questions Write out lists
Write practice answers Role-play the exam situation at home
TRAINING
OTHERS
TRAINING
OTHERS
77
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING BASICS
In this fi rst section of the Training Others module yoursquoll learn the Why the Who and the When of eff ective training Some of this information may seem obvious to you however it is important that we lay a solid foundation upon which to build the information in the following sections
Why Train
Take a moment and think about how training can have the following eff ects on your business Record at least one idea in for each area
Training Can
Impact
By
Increases Guest
Satisfaction
Increases Sales
Reduces Food
Costs
Reduces Labor
Costs
Reduces
Turnover
Provides a
Better Work
Environment
Find your Manager and discuss your answers then discuss any specifi c problems or situations in your restaurant that your Manager feels can be solved or corrected through training
88
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Now that yoursquove thought about it and discussed it with your Manager review these other possible answers
Training Can
Impact
By
Increases Guest
Satisfaction
A guest that experiences great service and food will be a return customer Training produces Team Members who provide great service and food
Team members that are well trained are confi dent in their ability to satisfy guests This creates greater job satisfaction and less likelihood of leaving for a diff erent job
Increases Sales
A successful training program results in Team Members who consistently provide guests with a memorable dining experience This creates customer loyalty which in turn creates a busier restaurant and increased sales
Reduces Food
Costs
Team members who know the correct recipes garnishes and procedures are less likely to make mistakes Less mistakes means less waste
Reduces Labor
Costs
Eff ective training leads to Team Members who are organized and effi cient This saves time
Eff ectively trained Team Members do their jobs effi ciently resulting in less side work and deep cleaning The side work and deep cleaning will be done more quickly saving labor
Reduces
Turnover
An eff ective training program greatly reduces Team Member frustration when learning a new job Without adequate resources for training Team Members can lose motivation This can lead to higher Team Member turnover
Provides a
Better Work
Environment
Team members who perform their job well are generally happier with their job leading to a more pleasant work environment
Training should focus on the importance of teamwork in the restaurant A group of Team Members who work as a team will always have a good time while at work
TRAINING
OTHERS
99
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Who Should Be the Trainer
Think back to the teachers trainers mentors and authority fi gures that have made an impact in your life What are some of the characteristics that they shared Record at least fi ve characteristics in the spaces below
Characteristic 1 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 2 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 3 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 4 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 5 _______________________________________________
The list below shows the characteristics that most eff ective trainers possess Chances are yoursquove written some of these on your list above
Good communication skills
Plenty of patience
An interest in helping others to learn
Extensive knowledge and experience
Unending enthusiasm
Respect for others respect from their customers and co-workers
Now look at both lists Who else do you know that possesses these characteristics Itrsquos probably you And this is the reason yoursquove been selected to become a Certifi ed Trainer
Even if you donrsquot think you have all of these qualities remember these are skills that can be learned by you Seeking out feedback from your Manager your co-workers Learners and even customers will let you know how yoursquore doing
Someone had enough confidence in your abilities to ask you to be a trainer Have confidence in your own Abilities
1010
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
When Should You Train
Training must be a priority in your restaurant It cannot wait for a convenient time because the fact is there probably wonrsquot be one
Training New Hires
When someone is hired it often means that yoursquore short staff ed The tendency is to skip through the training process and get the person ldquoon-the-jobrdquo as soon as possible This is the worst possible thing you can do
By failing to thoroughly train someone up front not only are you setting them up to fail but you are actually hurting your business because this ldquountrainedrdquo Team Member will make many more mistakes than someone who was properly trained
Taking time to properly train a Team Member up-front will actually save time and money in the long run
If you fail to train up-front you will end up re-training the Team Member later and retraining is much more diffi cult because of the ldquobad habitsrdquo the Team Member has learned and must unlearn In fact studies have shown that it takes up to 13 weeks of focused attention to relearn a task that has been learned incorrectly Save yourself and the Learner the time and energy and train them correctly from the beginning
On-going Training
Your skills wonrsquot be used to train only new hires yoursquoll be assisting your Manager in the following training situations
Experienced Team Members who need to learn something new
Team members with performance problems
Training new operations or products
New Team Members are often the easiest to train as they are excited and motivated to learn their new job However when training in other situations the Learnerrsquos motivation must be evaluated to determine whether training is the appropriate solution Training will only benefi t Team Members if they want to learn
TRAINING
OTHERS
1111
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Teaching Adults
All adults follow a predictable pattern when learning that we refer to as the ldquoStages of Learning Reactionrdquo Review the stages below
Level Also Known As Your Role
Unconscious
Incompetence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is not aware of all the tasks required to be successful on the job
Make the Learner aware of the need
Make Learner aware of opportunity
Make Learner aware of the standards for performance
Conscious
Incompetence
ldquoI know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is aware of all the tasks but does not yet know how to do them
Train
Use the Five Step Training Method (wersquoll cover this later)
Conscious
Competence
ldquoI know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks but cannot do them without supervision
Reassure
Build esteem
Keep standards high
Unconscious
Competence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks and does them successfully without even thinking about it
Follow-up
Keep standards high
The goal is to move each Learner to the fourth stage so that they can perform their jobs well without supervision Recognizing exactly what stage each Learner is in at all times will help you determine how to direct your training eff orts
1212
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Whatrsquos In It For Me (WIIFM)
Itrsquos simply human nature to ask this question The answer to this question is probably very important to your Learners whether it is job satisfaction pay or because they simply like to do the job there must be something ldquoinrdquo it for the Learner
Whether they ask this question directly or not you need to be able to show the ldquovaluerdquo of what the Learner is doing in terms of a perceived ldquobenefi trdquo to the Learner
For example we suggest orange juice to all guests who come into IHOP for breakfast Now obviously this is a suggestive selling technique that benefi ts us by increasing sales However is knowing that enough motivation to the Learner to encourage them to suggest juice to each and every guest
Maybe it is and maybe it isnrsquot but if you were to explain the importance of suggesting juice in terms of how it will benefi t the Learner (ie higher check average which leads to a larger tip) the Learner is more likely to perform that action
ALWAYS GIVE THE LEARNER THE WIIFM
Common Blocks to Learning
Most Learners will be very motivated to learn However some will have doubts fears anxieties and insecurities about their abilities Some Learners may even have some serious blocks that hamper their ability or desire to learn The following table shows some common blocks to learning experience by Learners and the suggested approaches the Certifi ed Trainer can take overcome them
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF THE
UNKNOWN
ldquoWhat have I gotten myself intordquo
ldquoI wonder what theyrsquore going to do to merdquo
ldquoI hope everyonersquos nice hererdquo
Explain how the training program will progress
Explain the dayrsquos training objectives at the start of every shift
Explain the next dayrsquos training plan at the end of every shift
FEAR OF LOOKING
FOOLISH
ldquoI look like an idiot (carrying plates fl ipping eggs)rdquo
ldquoEveryone else can do it so much better than I canrdquo
ldquoI donrsquot want anyone to see that I just messed this uprdquo
Explain that everyone theyrsquore working with went through the same process
Reinforce that no one expects them to be perfect during training
Tell them that theyrsquoll look like an experienced ServerHostCook in no time
Emphasize that yoursquore there to help them not judge or criticize them
TRAINING
OTHERS
1313
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF FAILURE
ldquoLook at this menu therersquos so much to learnrdquo
ldquoIrsquom never going to be able to do thisrdquo
ldquoI know Irsquom going to forget everything I just learned when Irsquom with a customerduring a rushrdquo
Clarify that the training program is self-paced so they can move at a speed theyrsquore comfortable with
Explain that their feelings are normal
Reinforce and praise all the things they learn in the beginning of training even the small stuff
FEAR OF CHANGE
ldquoThis is a waste of time I already know this jobrdquo
ldquoI know a better way to do itrdquo
ldquoI prefer to do it my wayrdquo
Tell them there are many ways to do the same thing correctly yoursquore going to show them IHOPrsquos way
Reinforce why yoursquore asking them to do what you teach
Listen Sometimes Learners have a good idea
APATHY
ldquoI just donrsquot carerdquo
ldquoBORINGrdquo
ldquoIrsquoll sit here if I have to but you canrsquot make me listenrdquo
Ask the Learner what you can do to make the training valuable for them
If the problem continues ask a manager for help
1414
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Learning Styles
Adults generally learn new tasks through one of four learning styles seeing listening readingwriting and doing Some people learn through one style better than through another but most people use all or a combination of all four styles Consider the following example
Imagine you are learning to bowl for the fi rst time Which of the following represents the question that most closely describes the method of learning that most appeals to you Circle your choice
I would like to watch other people who are good bowlers and try to imitate their movements (Seeing)
I would like to have someone who knows how to bowl tell me what I should do (Listening)
I would like to read a bowling instruction manual (Readingwriting)
I would just like to jump in and do it fi guring it out as I go along (Doing)
1
2
3
4
From the self-assessment you took at the beginning of the Training Others module you already know what learning style works best for you But imagine how frustrating it must be for a Learner who probably isnrsquot even aware of which style works best for them when a Certifi ed Trainer uses the completely wrong style Consider giving this the self-assessment to each new Learner to help you deliver training using the style that works best for each
TRAINING
OTHERS
1515
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Here is a quick breakdown of the attributes associated with each learning style
Learning
Style
Preferred
SenseMotto How they learn best
SEEING Sight Seeing is believing
Learns best by observing others
Thinks about what was seen and then acts
Enjoys watching videotapes and by watching others to clarify their own understanding
LISTENING Sound I hear what yoursquore saying
Learns best by hearing others explain things
Thinks about what was heard and then acts
Enjoys learning from audio and videotapes and by discussing things with others to clarify their understanding
READING
WRITINGSight Can I see that
in writing
Learns best by reading written materials
Takes a lot of notes
Enjoys reading manuals and workbooks Must check their own understanding against written instructions
DOING Touch Just let me do it
Learns best by actually doing things
Uses ldquogutrdquo feelings and intuition
Enjoys learning by trial and error and by practicing to clarify their understanding
Because most people learn best using a combination of these four learning styles a successful training program uses all four styles in varying degrees
1616
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The Five-Step Training Method
To be provide eff ective on-the-job training you must follow a proven training method At IHOP we use the Five-Step Method of Training for all training situations including new-hire training training existing Team Members on new procedures or for retraining existing Team Members who are not performing according to standards We will look at each of the following fi ve steps in detail in this section
Plan
Tell
Show
Do
Review
Planning is essential for training to be successful Unfortunately this step is often overlooked Some trainers believe that simply by having the new Learner work alongside others they will automatically learn the job However it takes more training than that
It often takes longer to complete your daily routine if yoursquore training at the same time You and your managers will need to plan for this Make sure therersquos enough time to train someone correctly It will be worth it in the long run A well trained Team Member is an eff ective and effi cient Team Member
Proper planning includes determining the following training ldquobasicsrdquo At the very least you should know the answers to all of these questions before you begin training
Who are you training
What are you training
What do they already know
When are you training
Why is the training taking place
How long do you have to train
What is the expected outcome
Are there any barriers to training (ie language)
TRAINING
OTHERS
1717
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 1 PLAN
Making a Plan
When planning for training follow these steps
Determine the
Goal
Defi ne what training success means
Make sure the goal is achievable
Do not set a goal so high that no one can ever reach it
Develop a
training plan
Decide who will conduct the training
Develop a training schedule
Make sure the ldquowho what when where why and howrdquo of training is determined
Plan each step
Determine the exact information and procedures you will be training in each step
Organize the materials yoursquoll need
Determine the order in which the information will be taught
Decide the amount of time necessary for each step
Failing to Plan
Take a moment and think about the consequences of not having planned properly for training Write some of these in the spaces below
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
1818
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 2 TELL
People learn a lot faster if they know what to expect So before getting to the actual ldquotrainingrdquo as well as throughout the training communicate the following to the Learner be sure to paint a picture in the Learnerrsquos mind of where the training will be going
Tell them the job will
be easy to learn
Reassure them if the job is easyIf the job is not easy (ie learning to fl ip eggs for the fi rst time) tell them it will take time but that they will learn with practice
Tell them why itrsquos
important to you
Remember that adults need to understand the ldquowhyrdquo of a task before theyrsquore motivated to learnThe ldquowhyrdquo usually includes maintaining consistency as a restaurant chain and providing excellent quality service and cleanliness
Tell them why itrsquos
important to them
When Team Members know whatrsquos expected they perform better are praised by the manager and receive positive performance reviewsTeamwork will improve because everyone has been taught the same standardsTheir self-confi dence will increase because they know what theyrsquore doing
Tell them about their
job description
Keep the job description handy It spells out the details of the job Use the job description to help you evaluate the Team Memberrsquos performance
Tell them the KEY
points and steps of the
job
Provide a rdquobig picturerdquo overview of why the task is importantExplain the details of the job and what it entailsGive and repeat the critical steps of the jobUse training workbooks recipes and laminates as you explain
Tell them in the
simplest way
Keep it short and to the point People with prior restaurant experience can generally understand information more quickly than someone new to the industryTell them in a two-way discussionEncourage questions If you do not know the answers to questions donrsquot fake it Find outMake sure all questions get answered in a timely manner
TRAINING
OTHERS
1919
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Practice Telling the ldquoBig Picturerdquo
In the space provided below identify what you would tell a Learner to give them the big picture perspective about each of the tasks listed in order to prepare them for learning the task Use the appropriate list based on whether you are a Front or Back-of-House Team Member Hint Make sure you cover the points in the table on the previous page
Task Front-of-House Tasks Back-of-House Tasks1 Using a seating chart Preparing Buttermilk batter2 Proper table set-up Preparing a Steak Omelette3 Proper coff ee service Preparing an Over Easy egg
Task 1 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2020
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 3 SHOW
After you tell the Learner about the task they will be performing the next step is to actually show them how to do it The best way to go about this is to perform the task yourself while the Learner watches Sometimes the ldquoTellrdquo and ldquoShowrdquo steps are done at the same time especially if the task is a simple one like rolling silverware or labeling and dating perishable items for storage
Follow these guidelines when ldquoshowingrdquo a Learner how to perform a task
Show them one step at
a time
Break up tasks into small manageable pieces
Be sure they understand each step before you move onto the next
Show them the
right way
Bad habits are learned Teach the proper way Donrsquot teach shortcuts
Do not assume a task is so simple that you do not need to train it
Show them you
welcome questions
Ask them questions to check how much theyrsquove learned and confi rm they understand
Prompt them to ask questions if they donrsquot ask on their own
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
22
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Becoming a Certifi ed Trainer
STEP 1Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicals for the positions they will be training
STEP 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD
STEP 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practical
STEP 4General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
STEP 5Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer form
STEP 6
General manager issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
STEP 7 Congratulations You are now a Certifi ed Trainer
TRAINING
OTHERS
33
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Introduction to the Training Others Module
The Training Others module is a self-paced program that introduces you the techniques and principles that you will use to provide eff ective on-the-job training to your Learners The topics you will learn in this modules are
Training Basics
Teaching Adults
The Five-Step Training Method
Training Others Self Test
The IHOP 101 Program
Here are a few simple points to consider as you start the program
Continually displaying your enthusiasm for your job and your commitment to the team is as important as any skill you can teach a Learner Learners will model their behavior after their Certifi ed Trainer thatrsquos you
Have confi dence in yourself and your ability to do the job You wouldnrsquot be asked to be a Certifi ed Trainer if you hadnrsquot already proven that you can be successful
In addition to the ldquowhatrdquo and the ldquohowrdquo of their jobs it is important for Learners to know ldquowhyrdquo the tasks associated with their job are important If you can show a Learner the importance of each step of their job they are more likely to do it and to do it properly
Incorporate training and your on-the-job experiences into your instruction plan What yoursquove done on the job has worked for you so give your Learners the benefi t of your experiences
Donrsquot forget the humor ndash As much as possible try to keep the training experience fun and exciting Use fl ash cards videos props and demonstrations to get points across Look for ways to personalize each session by using fi rst names frequently and build on the individual skills of each Learner
Training others can be challenging but it is also very rewarding The Training Others module will show you how to include ldquowhatrdquo ldquohowrdquo and ldquowhyrdquo in your training technique and to provide valuable feedback for improvement to your Learners
So grab yourself a pen or a pencil and letrsquos begin
ldquoTell me and I forget teach me and I remember
involve me and I learn -BENJAMIN FRANKLIN
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Learning Style Assessment
One of the most important points a Certifi ed Trainer can recognize is that not every Learner learns the same way Fully understanding this starts by recognizing how you yourself learn best Take the assessment below to determine what learning method works best for you Choose the answer that best explains your preference and mark the letter If more than one answer matches your perception you may mark multiple answers
As you conduct training with your Learners keep this assessment in mind What learning method works best for each of your Learners Are you presenting information in the way that works best for each Learner Yoursquoll learn more about this later in the module
You are about to give directions to a person She is staying in a hotel in town and wants to visit your house She has a rental car Would you S Draw a map on paper R Write down the directions (without a map) L Tell her the directions D Collect her from the hotel in your car
You are staying in a hotel and have a rental car You would like to visit a friend whose addresslocation you do not know Would you like them to S Draw you a map R Write down the directions (without a map)L Tell you directionsD Collect you from the hotel in their car
You have just received a copy of your itinerary for a world trip This is of interest to your friend Would you L Call her immediately and tell her about it R Send her a copy of the printed itinerary S Show her a map of the world
You are going to cook a dessert as a special treat for your family Do you D Cook something familiar without the need for instructions S Thumb through a cookbook looking for ideas from the pictures R Refer to a specifi c cookbook where there is a good recipe L Ask for advise from others
A group of tourists has been assigned to you to fi nd out about national parks Would you D Drive them to a national park S Show them slides and photographs R Give them a book on national parksL Give them a talk on national parks
You are about to purchase a new stereo Other than the price what would most infl uence your decision L A friend talking about it D Listening to itR Reading the details about it S Its distinctive upscale appearance
1
2
3
4
5
6
44
TRAINING
OTHERS
55
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Recall a time in your life when you learned how to do something like playing a new board game Try to avoid choosing a very physical skill ie riding a bike How did you learn best By S Visual clues-pictures diagrams charts R Written instructionsL Listening to somebody explain it D Doing it
Which of these games do you prefer S PictionaryR ScrabbleD Charades
You are about to learn how to use a new program on a computer Would you D Ask a friend to show you R Read the manual which comes with the program L Telephone a friend and ask questions about it
You are not sure whether a word should be spelled ldquodependentrdquo or ldquodependantrdquo Do you R Look it up in a dictionaryS See the word in your mind and choose the best way it looksL Sound it outD Write both versions down
Apart from price what would most infl uence your decision to buy a particular book D Using a friendrsquos copyR Skimming parts of itL A friend talking about itS It looks OK
A new movie has arrived in town What would most infl uence your decision to go or not go L Friends talking about itR You read a review about itS You saw a preview of it
Do you prefer a lecturerteacher who likes to use R Handouts andor a textbookS Flow diagrams charts slidesD Field trips labs practical sessionsL Discussion guest speakers
Now go back and count how many Srsquos Lrsquos Rrsquos and Drsquos you circled Whichever letter you circled most indicates your preferred learning style If you have a ldquotierdquo or two letters are almost equal you probably have more than one preferred learning style Review the following chart for an in-depth look at your preferred learning style
S _____ L _____ R _____ D_____
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
66
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
LEARNING STYLE
Seeing Listening ReadingWriting Doing
About your
style
You learn through watching You prefer to see things in person in pictures or videoYou think about what you see before actingYou memorize lists by associating items with other familiar itemsYou generally need to watch somebody else do a task fi rst before trying it
You learn through explanationYou think about what yoursquove heard before actingYou generally enjoy CDrsquos as well as videos with good narrationGenerally you donrsquot respond with anything but a head nod when learning
You learn best by reading every detail about your subject You prefer to see things in writing You remember by writing detailed notesYou often use descriptive words when describing or writingYou generally need to read about a task before trying it
You learn best with a hands on approachYour ideal training session includes trial and error You prefer not to have to read anything You often dive right into a task without thinking about it
During note-
taking you
should
Underline Use diff erent colors Use symbols charts arrangements on a page
Discuss topics with other LearnersExplain new ideas to other LearnersUse a tape recorder Describe what yoursquove seen or heard to somebody that was not there Leave space in notes for later recall
Use lists with headings Use a dictionary Use handouts and textbooks Re-read your notes Use acronyms and abbreviations
Write down the steps you used to accomplish the taskDiscuss your notes with other Learners
When
studying you
should
Re-draw notes and images from memory Replace words with symbols and initials
Understand you may take poor notes because you prefer to listen Expand on your notes Put summarized notes on tape and listen Read summarized notes out load Explain notes to another ldquoListeningrdquo person
Write out the words again and again Re-read notes silently Re-write ideas into other words Organize diagrams into statements
Understand you may take notes poorly as some topics may not seem relevant at the timePut examples in note summaries Use pictures and photos to illustrate Talk about notes with another ldquoDoingrdquo person
During tests
you should
Recall the pictures of the pages Draw use diagrams where appropriate Practice turning visuals back into words
Listen to your voices and write them down Speak your answersPractice writing answers to old exam questions
Practice with multiple choice questions Write out lists
Write practice answers Role-play the exam situation at home
TRAINING
OTHERS
TRAINING
OTHERS
77
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING BASICS
In this fi rst section of the Training Others module yoursquoll learn the Why the Who and the When of eff ective training Some of this information may seem obvious to you however it is important that we lay a solid foundation upon which to build the information in the following sections
Why Train
Take a moment and think about how training can have the following eff ects on your business Record at least one idea in for each area
Training Can
Impact
By
Increases Guest
Satisfaction
Increases Sales
Reduces Food
Costs
Reduces Labor
Costs
Reduces
Turnover
Provides a
Better Work
Environment
Find your Manager and discuss your answers then discuss any specifi c problems or situations in your restaurant that your Manager feels can be solved or corrected through training
88
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Now that yoursquove thought about it and discussed it with your Manager review these other possible answers
Training Can
Impact
By
Increases Guest
Satisfaction
A guest that experiences great service and food will be a return customer Training produces Team Members who provide great service and food
Team members that are well trained are confi dent in their ability to satisfy guests This creates greater job satisfaction and less likelihood of leaving for a diff erent job
Increases Sales
A successful training program results in Team Members who consistently provide guests with a memorable dining experience This creates customer loyalty which in turn creates a busier restaurant and increased sales
Reduces Food
Costs
Team members who know the correct recipes garnishes and procedures are less likely to make mistakes Less mistakes means less waste
Reduces Labor
Costs
Eff ective training leads to Team Members who are organized and effi cient This saves time
Eff ectively trained Team Members do their jobs effi ciently resulting in less side work and deep cleaning The side work and deep cleaning will be done more quickly saving labor
Reduces
Turnover
An eff ective training program greatly reduces Team Member frustration when learning a new job Without adequate resources for training Team Members can lose motivation This can lead to higher Team Member turnover
Provides a
Better Work
Environment
Team members who perform their job well are generally happier with their job leading to a more pleasant work environment
Training should focus on the importance of teamwork in the restaurant A group of Team Members who work as a team will always have a good time while at work
TRAINING
OTHERS
99
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Who Should Be the Trainer
Think back to the teachers trainers mentors and authority fi gures that have made an impact in your life What are some of the characteristics that they shared Record at least fi ve characteristics in the spaces below
Characteristic 1 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 2 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 3 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 4 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 5 _______________________________________________
The list below shows the characteristics that most eff ective trainers possess Chances are yoursquove written some of these on your list above
Good communication skills
Plenty of patience
An interest in helping others to learn
Extensive knowledge and experience
Unending enthusiasm
Respect for others respect from their customers and co-workers
Now look at both lists Who else do you know that possesses these characteristics Itrsquos probably you And this is the reason yoursquove been selected to become a Certifi ed Trainer
Even if you donrsquot think you have all of these qualities remember these are skills that can be learned by you Seeking out feedback from your Manager your co-workers Learners and even customers will let you know how yoursquore doing
Someone had enough confidence in your abilities to ask you to be a trainer Have confidence in your own Abilities
1010
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
When Should You Train
Training must be a priority in your restaurant It cannot wait for a convenient time because the fact is there probably wonrsquot be one
Training New Hires
When someone is hired it often means that yoursquore short staff ed The tendency is to skip through the training process and get the person ldquoon-the-jobrdquo as soon as possible This is the worst possible thing you can do
By failing to thoroughly train someone up front not only are you setting them up to fail but you are actually hurting your business because this ldquountrainedrdquo Team Member will make many more mistakes than someone who was properly trained
Taking time to properly train a Team Member up-front will actually save time and money in the long run
If you fail to train up-front you will end up re-training the Team Member later and retraining is much more diffi cult because of the ldquobad habitsrdquo the Team Member has learned and must unlearn In fact studies have shown that it takes up to 13 weeks of focused attention to relearn a task that has been learned incorrectly Save yourself and the Learner the time and energy and train them correctly from the beginning
On-going Training
Your skills wonrsquot be used to train only new hires yoursquoll be assisting your Manager in the following training situations
Experienced Team Members who need to learn something new
Team members with performance problems
Training new operations or products
New Team Members are often the easiest to train as they are excited and motivated to learn their new job However when training in other situations the Learnerrsquos motivation must be evaluated to determine whether training is the appropriate solution Training will only benefi t Team Members if they want to learn
TRAINING
OTHERS
1111
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Teaching Adults
All adults follow a predictable pattern when learning that we refer to as the ldquoStages of Learning Reactionrdquo Review the stages below
Level Also Known As Your Role
Unconscious
Incompetence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is not aware of all the tasks required to be successful on the job
Make the Learner aware of the need
Make Learner aware of opportunity
Make Learner aware of the standards for performance
Conscious
Incompetence
ldquoI know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is aware of all the tasks but does not yet know how to do them
Train
Use the Five Step Training Method (wersquoll cover this later)
Conscious
Competence
ldquoI know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks but cannot do them without supervision
Reassure
Build esteem
Keep standards high
Unconscious
Competence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks and does them successfully without even thinking about it
Follow-up
Keep standards high
The goal is to move each Learner to the fourth stage so that they can perform their jobs well without supervision Recognizing exactly what stage each Learner is in at all times will help you determine how to direct your training eff orts
1212
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Whatrsquos In It For Me (WIIFM)
Itrsquos simply human nature to ask this question The answer to this question is probably very important to your Learners whether it is job satisfaction pay or because they simply like to do the job there must be something ldquoinrdquo it for the Learner
Whether they ask this question directly or not you need to be able to show the ldquovaluerdquo of what the Learner is doing in terms of a perceived ldquobenefi trdquo to the Learner
For example we suggest orange juice to all guests who come into IHOP for breakfast Now obviously this is a suggestive selling technique that benefi ts us by increasing sales However is knowing that enough motivation to the Learner to encourage them to suggest juice to each and every guest
Maybe it is and maybe it isnrsquot but if you were to explain the importance of suggesting juice in terms of how it will benefi t the Learner (ie higher check average which leads to a larger tip) the Learner is more likely to perform that action
ALWAYS GIVE THE LEARNER THE WIIFM
Common Blocks to Learning
Most Learners will be very motivated to learn However some will have doubts fears anxieties and insecurities about their abilities Some Learners may even have some serious blocks that hamper their ability or desire to learn The following table shows some common blocks to learning experience by Learners and the suggested approaches the Certifi ed Trainer can take overcome them
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF THE
UNKNOWN
ldquoWhat have I gotten myself intordquo
ldquoI wonder what theyrsquore going to do to merdquo
ldquoI hope everyonersquos nice hererdquo
Explain how the training program will progress
Explain the dayrsquos training objectives at the start of every shift
Explain the next dayrsquos training plan at the end of every shift
FEAR OF LOOKING
FOOLISH
ldquoI look like an idiot (carrying plates fl ipping eggs)rdquo
ldquoEveryone else can do it so much better than I canrdquo
ldquoI donrsquot want anyone to see that I just messed this uprdquo
Explain that everyone theyrsquore working with went through the same process
Reinforce that no one expects them to be perfect during training
Tell them that theyrsquoll look like an experienced ServerHostCook in no time
Emphasize that yoursquore there to help them not judge or criticize them
TRAINING
OTHERS
1313
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF FAILURE
ldquoLook at this menu therersquos so much to learnrdquo
ldquoIrsquom never going to be able to do thisrdquo
ldquoI know Irsquom going to forget everything I just learned when Irsquom with a customerduring a rushrdquo
Clarify that the training program is self-paced so they can move at a speed theyrsquore comfortable with
Explain that their feelings are normal
Reinforce and praise all the things they learn in the beginning of training even the small stuff
FEAR OF CHANGE
ldquoThis is a waste of time I already know this jobrdquo
ldquoI know a better way to do itrdquo
ldquoI prefer to do it my wayrdquo
Tell them there are many ways to do the same thing correctly yoursquore going to show them IHOPrsquos way
Reinforce why yoursquore asking them to do what you teach
Listen Sometimes Learners have a good idea
APATHY
ldquoI just donrsquot carerdquo
ldquoBORINGrdquo
ldquoIrsquoll sit here if I have to but you canrsquot make me listenrdquo
Ask the Learner what you can do to make the training valuable for them
If the problem continues ask a manager for help
1414
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Learning Styles
Adults generally learn new tasks through one of four learning styles seeing listening readingwriting and doing Some people learn through one style better than through another but most people use all or a combination of all four styles Consider the following example
Imagine you are learning to bowl for the fi rst time Which of the following represents the question that most closely describes the method of learning that most appeals to you Circle your choice
I would like to watch other people who are good bowlers and try to imitate their movements (Seeing)
I would like to have someone who knows how to bowl tell me what I should do (Listening)
I would like to read a bowling instruction manual (Readingwriting)
I would just like to jump in and do it fi guring it out as I go along (Doing)
1
2
3
4
From the self-assessment you took at the beginning of the Training Others module you already know what learning style works best for you But imagine how frustrating it must be for a Learner who probably isnrsquot even aware of which style works best for them when a Certifi ed Trainer uses the completely wrong style Consider giving this the self-assessment to each new Learner to help you deliver training using the style that works best for each
TRAINING
OTHERS
1515
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Here is a quick breakdown of the attributes associated with each learning style
Learning
Style
Preferred
SenseMotto How they learn best
SEEING Sight Seeing is believing
Learns best by observing others
Thinks about what was seen and then acts
Enjoys watching videotapes and by watching others to clarify their own understanding
LISTENING Sound I hear what yoursquore saying
Learns best by hearing others explain things
Thinks about what was heard and then acts
Enjoys learning from audio and videotapes and by discussing things with others to clarify their understanding
READING
WRITINGSight Can I see that
in writing
Learns best by reading written materials
Takes a lot of notes
Enjoys reading manuals and workbooks Must check their own understanding against written instructions
DOING Touch Just let me do it
Learns best by actually doing things
Uses ldquogutrdquo feelings and intuition
Enjoys learning by trial and error and by practicing to clarify their understanding
Because most people learn best using a combination of these four learning styles a successful training program uses all four styles in varying degrees
1616
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The Five-Step Training Method
To be provide eff ective on-the-job training you must follow a proven training method At IHOP we use the Five-Step Method of Training for all training situations including new-hire training training existing Team Members on new procedures or for retraining existing Team Members who are not performing according to standards We will look at each of the following fi ve steps in detail in this section
Plan
Tell
Show
Do
Review
Planning is essential for training to be successful Unfortunately this step is often overlooked Some trainers believe that simply by having the new Learner work alongside others they will automatically learn the job However it takes more training than that
It often takes longer to complete your daily routine if yoursquore training at the same time You and your managers will need to plan for this Make sure therersquos enough time to train someone correctly It will be worth it in the long run A well trained Team Member is an eff ective and effi cient Team Member
Proper planning includes determining the following training ldquobasicsrdquo At the very least you should know the answers to all of these questions before you begin training
Who are you training
What are you training
What do they already know
When are you training
Why is the training taking place
How long do you have to train
What is the expected outcome
Are there any barriers to training (ie language)
TRAINING
OTHERS
1717
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 1 PLAN
Making a Plan
When planning for training follow these steps
Determine the
Goal
Defi ne what training success means
Make sure the goal is achievable
Do not set a goal so high that no one can ever reach it
Develop a
training plan
Decide who will conduct the training
Develop a training schedule
Make sure the ldquowho what when where why and howrdquo of training is determined
Plan each step
Determine the exact information and procedures you will be training in each step
Organize the materials yoursquoll need
Determine the order in which the information will be taught
Decide the amount of time necessary for each step
Failing to Plan
Take a moment and think about the consequences of not having planned properly for training Write some of these in the spaces below
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
1818
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 2 TELL
People learn a lot faster if they know what to expect So before getting to the actual ldquotrainingrdquo as well as throughout the training communicate the following to the Learner be sure to paint a picture in the Learnerrsquos mind of where the training will be going
Tell them the job will
be easy to learn
Reassure them if the job is easyIf the job is not easy (ie learning to fl ip eggs for the fi rst time) tell them it will take time but that they will learn with practice
Tell them why itrsquos
important to you
Remember that adults need to understand the ldquowhyrdquo of a task before theyrsquore motivated to learnThe ldquowhyrdquo usually includes maintaining consistency as a restaurant chain and providing excellent quality service and cleanliness
Tell them why itrsquos
important to them
When Team Members know whatrsquos expected they perform better are praised by the manager and receive positive performance reviewsTeamwork will improve because everyone has been taught the same standardsTheir self-confi dence will increase because they know what theyrsquore doing
Tell them about their
job description
Keep the job description handy It spells out the details of the job Use the job description to help you evaluate the Team Memberrsquos performance
Tell them the KEY
points and steps of the
job
Provide a rdquobig picturerdquo overview of why the task is importantExplain the details of the job and what it entailsGive and repeat the critical steps of the jobUse training workbooks recipes and laminates as you explain
Tell them in the
simplest way
Keep it short and to the point People with prior restaurant experience can generally understand information more quickly than someone new to the industryTell them in a two-way discussionEncourage questions If you do not know the answers to questions donrsquot fake it Find outMake sure all questions get answered in a timely manner
TRAINING
OTHERS
1919
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Practice Telling the ldquoBig Picturerdquo
In the space provided below identify what you would tell a Learner to give them the big picture perspective about each of the tasks listed in order to prepare them for learning the task Use the appropriate list based on whether you are a Front or Back-of-House Team Member Hint Make sure you cover the points in the table on the previous page
Task Front-of-House Tasks Back-of-House Tasks1 Using a seating chart Preparing Buttermilk batter2 Proper table set-up Preparing a Steak Omelette3 Proper coff ee service Preparing an Over Easy egg
Task 1 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2020
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 3 SHOW
After you tell the Learner about the task they will be performing the next step is to actually show them how to do it The best way to go about this is to perform the task yourself while the Learner watches Sometimes the ldquoTellrdquo and ldquoShowrdquo steps are done at the same time especially if the task is a simple one like rolling silverware or labeling and dating perishable items for storage
Follow these guidelines when ldquoshowingrdquo a Learner how to perform a task
Show them one step at
a time
Break up tasks into small manageable pieces
Be sure they understand each step before you move onto the next
Show them the
right way
Bad habits are learned Teach the proper way Donrsquot teach shortcuts
Do not assume a task is so simple that you do not need to train it
Show them you
welcome questions
Ask them questions to check how much theyrsquove learned and confi rm they understand
Prompt them to ask questions if they donrsquot ask on their own
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
33
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Introduction to the Training Others Module
The Training Others module is a self-paced program that introduces you the techniques and principles that you will use to provide eff ective on-the-job training to your Learners The topics you will learn in this modules are
Training Basics
Teaching Adults
The Five-Step Training Method
Training Others Self Test
The IHOP 101 Program
Here are a few simple points to consider as you start the program
Continually displaying your enthusiasm for your job and your commitment to the team is as important as any skill you can teach a Learner Learners will model their behavior after their Certifi ed Trainer thatrsquos you
Have confi dence in yourself and your ability to do the job You wouldnrsquot be asked to be a Certifi ed Trainer if you hadnrsquot already proven that you can be successful
In addition to the ldquowhatrdquo and the ldquohowrdquo of their jobs it is important for Learners to know ldquowhyrdquo the tasks associated with their job are important If you can show a Learner the importance of each step of their job they are more likely to do it and to do it properly
Incorporate training and your on-the-job experiences into your instruction plan What yoursquove done on the job has worked for you so give your Learners the benefi t of your experiences
Donrsquot forget the humor ndash As much as possible try to keep the training experience fun and exciting Use fl ash cards videos props and demonstrations to get points across Look for ways to personalize each session by using fi rst names frequently and build on the individual skills of each Learner
Training others can be challenging but it is also very rewarding The Training Others module will show you how to include ldquowhatrdquo ldquohowrdquo and ldquowhyrdquo in your training technique and to provide valuable feedback for improvement to your Learners
So grab yourself a pen or a pencil and letrsquos begin
ldquoTell me and I forget teach me and I remember
involve me and I learn -BENJAMIN FRANKLIN
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Learning Style Assessment
One of the most important points a Certifi ed Trainer can recognize is that not every Learner learns the same way Fully understanding this starts by recognizing how you yourself learn best Take the assessment below to determine what learning method works best for you Choose the answer that best explains your preference and mark the letter If more than one answer matches your perception you may mark multiple answers
As you conduct training with your Learners keep this assessment in mind What learning method works best for each of your Learners Are you presenting information in the way that works best for each Learner Yoursquoll learn more about this later in the module
You are about to give directions to a person She is staying in a hotel in town and wants to visit your house She has a rental car Would you S Draw a map on paper R Write down the directions (without a map) L Tell her the directions D Collect her from the hotel in your car
You are staying in a hotel and have a rental car You would like to visit a friend whose addresslocation you do not know Would you like them to S Draw you a map R Write down the directions (without a map)L Tell you directionsD Collect you from the hotel in their car
You have just received a copy of your itinerary for a world trip This is of interest to your friend Would you L Call her immediately and tell her about it R Send her a copy of the printed itinerary S Show her a map of the world
You are going to cook a dessert as a special treat for your family Do you D Cook something familiar without the need for instructions S Thumb through a cookbook looking for ideas from the pictures R Refer to a specifi c cookbook where there is a good recipe L Ask for advise from others
A group of tourists has been assigned to you to fi nd out about national parks Would you D Drive them to a national park S Show them slides and photographs R Give them a book on national parksL Give them a talk on national parks
You are about to purchase a new stereo Other than the price what would most infl uence your decision L A friend talking about it D Listening to itR Reading the details about it S Its distinctive upscale appearance
1
2
3
4
5
6
44
TRAINING
OTHERS
55
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Recall a time in your life when you learned how to do something like playing a new board game Try to avoid choosing a very physical skill ie riding a bike How did you learn best By S Visual clues-pictures diagrams charts R Written instructionsL Listening to somebody explain it D Doing it
Which of these games do you prefer S PictionaryR ScrabbleD Charades
You are about to learn how to use a new program on a computer Would you D Ask a friend to show you R Read the manual which comes with the program L Telephone a friend and ask questions about it
You are not sure whether a word should be spelled ldquodependentrdquo or ldquodependantrdquo Do you R Look it up in a dictionaryS See the word in your mind and choose the best way it looksL Sound it outD Write both versions down
Apart from price what would most infl uence your decision to buy a particular book D Using a friendrsquos copyR Skimming parts of itL A friend talking about itS It looks OK
A new movie has arrived in town What would most infl uence your decision to go or not go L Friends talking about itR You read a review about itS You saw a preview of it
Do you prefer a lecturerteacher who likes to use R Handouts andor a textbookS Flow diagrams charts slidesD Field trips labs practical sessionsL Discussion guest speakers
Now go back and count how many Srsquos Lrsquos Rrsquos and Drsquos you circled Whichever letter you circled most indicates your preferred learning style If you have a ldquotierdquo or two letters are almost equal you probably have more than one preferred learning style Review the following chart for an in-depth look at your preferred learning style
S _____ L _____ R _____ D_____
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
66
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
LEARNING STYLE
Seeing Listening ReadingWriting Doing
About your
style
You learn through watching You prefer to see things in person in pictures or videoYou think about what you see before actingYou memorize lists by associating items with other familiar itemsYou generally need to watch somebody else do a task fi rst before trying it
You learn through explanationYou think about what yoursquove heard before actingYou generally enjoy CDrsquos as well as videos with good narrationGenerally you donrsquot respond with anything but a head nod when learning
You learn best by reading every detail about your subject You prefer to see things in writing You remember by writing detailed notesYou often use descriptive words when describing or writingYou generally need to read about a task before trying it
You learn best with a hands on approachYour ideal training session includes trial and error You prefer not to have to read anything You often dive right into a task without thinking about it
During note-
taking you
should
Underline Use diff erent colors Use symbols charts arrangements on a page
Discuss topics with other LearnersExplain new ideas to other LearnersUse a tape recorder Describe what yoursquove seen or heard to somebody that was not there Leave space in notes for later recall
Use lists with headings Use a dictionary Use handouts and textbooks Re-read your notes Use acronyms and abbreviations
Write down the steps you used to accomplish the taskDiscuss your notes with other Learners
When
studying you
should
Re-draw notes and images from memory Replace words with symbols and initials
Understand you may take poor notes because you prefer to listen Expand on your notes Put summarized notes on tape and listen Read summarized notes out load Explain notes to another ldquoListeningrdquo person
Write out the words again and again Re-read notes silently Re-write ideas into other words Organize diagrams into statements
Understand you may take notes poorly as some topics may not seem relevant at the timePut examples in note summaries Use pictures and photos to illustrate Talk about notes with another ldquoDoingrdquo person
During tests
you should
Recall the pictures of the pages Draw use diagrams where appropriate Practice turning visuals back into words
Listen to your voices and write them down Speak your answersPractice writing answers to old exam questions
Practice with multiple choice questions Write out lists
Write practice answers Role-play the exam situation at home
TRAINING
OTHERS
TRAINING
OTHERS
77
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING BASICS
In this fi rst section of the Training Others module yoursquoll learn the Why the Who and the When of eff ective training Some of this information may seem obvious to you however it is important that we lay a solid foundation upon which to build the information in the following sections
Why Train
Take a moment and think about how training can have the following eff ects on your business Record at least one idea in for each area
Training Can
Impact
By
Increases Guest
Satisfaction
Increases Sales
Reduces Food
Costs
Reduces Labor
Costs
Reduces
Turnover
Provides a
Better Work
Environment
Find your Manager and discuss your answers then discuss any specifi c problems or situations in your restaurant that your Manager feels can be solved or corrected through training
88
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Now that yoursquove thought about it and discussed it with your Manager review these other possible answers
Training Can
Impact
By
Increases Guest
Satisfaction
A guest that experiences great service and food will be a return customer Training produces Team Members who provide great service and food
Team members that are well trained are confi dent in their ability to satisfy guests This creates greater job satisfaction and less likelihood of leaving for a diff erent job
Increases Sales
A successful training program results in Team Members who consistently provide guests with a memorable dining experience This creates customer loyalty which in turn creates a busier restaurant and increased sales
Reduces Food
Costs
Team members who know the correct recipes garnishes and procedures are less likely to make mistakes Less mistakes means less waste
Reduces Labor
Costs
Eff ective training leads to Team Members who are organized and effi cient This saves time
Eff ectively trained Team Members do their jobs effi ciently resulting in less side work and deep cleaning The side work and deep cleaning will be done more quickly saving labor
Reduces
Turnover
An eff ective training program greatly reduces Team Member frustration when learning a new job Without adequate resources for training Team Members can lose motivation This can lead to higher Team Member turnover
Provides a
Better Work
Environment
Team members who perform their job well are generally happier with their job leading to a more pleasant work environment
Training should focus on the importance of teamwork in the restaurant A group of Team Members who work as a team will always have a good time while at work
TRAINING
OTHERS
99
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Who Should Be the Trainer
Think back to the teachers trainers mentors and authority fi gures that have made an impact in your life What are some of the characteristics that they shared Record at least fi ve characteristics in the spaces below
Characteristic 1 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 2 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 3 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 4 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 5 _______________________________________________
The list below shows the characteristics that most eff ective trainers possess Chances are yoursquove written some of these on your list above
Good communication skills
Plenty of patience
An interest in helping others to learn
Extensive knowledge and experience
Unending enthusiasm
Respect for others respect from their customers and co-workers
Now look at both lists Who else do you know that possesses these characteristics Itrsquos probably you And this is the reason yoursquove been selected to become a Certifi ed Trainer
Even if you donrsquot think you have all of these qualities remember these are skills that can be learned by you Seeking out feedback from your Manager your co-workers Learners and even customers will let you know how yoursquore doing
Someone had enough confidence in your abilities to ask you to be a trainer Have confidence in your own Abilities
1010
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
When Should You Train
Training must be a priority in your restaurant It cannot wait for a convenient time because the fact is there probably wonrsquot be one
Training New Hires
When someone is hired it often means that yoursquore short staff ed The tendency is to skip through the training process and get the person ldquoon-the-jobrdquo as soon as possible This is the worst possible thing you can do
By failing to thoroughly train someone up front not only are you setting them up to fail but you are actually hurting your business because this ldquountrainedrdquo Team Member will make many more mistakes than someone who was properly trained
Taking time to properly train a Team Member up-front will actually save time and money in the long run
If you fail to train up-front you will end up re-training the Team Member later and retraining is much more diffi cult because of the ldquobad habitsrdquo the Team Member has learned and must unlearn In fact studies have shown that it takes up to 13 weeks of focused attention to relearn a task that has been learned incorrectly Save yourself and the Learner the time and energy and train them correctly from the beginning
On-going Training
Your skills wonrsquot be used to train only new hires yoursquoll be assisting your Manager in the following training situations
Experienced Team Members who need to learn something new
Team members with performance problems
Training new operations or products
New Team Members are often the easiest to train as they are excited and motivated to learn their new job However when training in other situations the Learnerrsquos motivation must be evaluated to determine whether training is the appropriate solution Training will only benefi t Team Members if they want to learn
TRAINING
OTHERS
1111
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Teaching Adults
All adults follow a predictable pattern when learning that we refer to as the ldquoStages of Learning Reactionrdquo Review the stages below
Level Also Known As Your Role
Unconscious
Incompetence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is not aware of all the tasks required to be successful on the job
Make the Learner aware of the need
Make Learner aware of opportunity
Make Learner aware of the standards for performance
Conscious
Incompetence
ldquoI know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is aware of all the tasks but does not yet know how to do them
Train
Use the Five Step Training Method (wersquoll cover this later)
Conscious
Competence
ldquoI know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks but cannot do them without supervision
Reassure
Build esteem
Keep standards high
Unconscious
Competence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks and does them successfully without even thinking about it
Follow-up
Keep standards high
The goal is to move each Learner to the fourth stage so that they can perform their jobs well without supervision Recognizing exactly what stage each Learner is in at all times will help you determine how to direct your training eff orts
1212
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Whatrsquos In It For Me (WIIFM)
Itrsquos simply human nature to ask this question The answer to this question is probably very important to your Learners whether it is job satisfaction pay or because they simply like to do the job there must be something ldquoinrdquo it for the Learner
Whether they ask this question directly or not you need to be able to show the ldquovaluerdquo of what the Learner is doing in terms of a perceived ldquobenefi trdquo to the Learner
For example we suggest orange juice to all guests who come into IHOP for breakfast Now obviously this is a suggestive selling technique that benefi ts us by increasing sales However is knowing that enough motivation to the Learner to encourage them to suggest juice to each and every guest
Maybe it is and maybe it isnrsquot but if you were to explain the importance of suggesting juice in terms of how it will benefi t the Learner (ie higher check average which leads to a larger tip) the Learner is more likely to perform that action
ALWAYS GIVE THE LEARNER THE WIIFM
Common Blocks to Learning
Most Learners will be very motivated to learn However some will have doubts fears anxieties and insecurities about their abilities Some Learners may even have some serious blocks that hamper their ability or desire to learn The following table shows some common blocks to learning experience by Learners and the suggested approaches the Certifi ed Trainer can take overcome them
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF THE
UNKNOWN
ldquoWhat have I gotten myself intordquo
ldquoI wonder what theyrsquore going to do to merdquo
ldquoI hope everyonersquos nice hererdquo
Explain how the training program will progress
Explain the dayrsquos training objectives at the start of every shift
Explain the next dayrsquos training plan at the end of every shift
FEAR OF LOOKING
FOOLISH
ldquoI look like an idiot (carrying plates fl ipping eggs)rdquo
ldquoEveryone else can do it so much better than I canrdquo
ldquoI donrsquot want anyone to see that I just messed this uprdquo
Explain that everyone theyrsquore working with went through the same process
Reinforce that no one expects them to be perfect during training
Tell them that theyrsquoll look like an experienced ServerHostCook in no time
Emphasize that yoursquore there to help them not judge or criticize them
TRAINING
OTHERS
1313
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF FAILURE
ldquoLook at this menu therersquos so much to learnrdquo
ldquoIrsquom never going to be able to do thisrdquo
ldquoI know Irsquom going to forget everything I just learned when Irsquom with a customerduring a rushrdquo
Clarify that the training program is self-paced so they can move at a speed theyrsquore comfortable with
Explain that their feelings are normal
Reinforce and praise all the things they learn in the beginning of training even the small stuff
FEAR OF CHANGE
ldquoThis is a waste of time I already know this jobrdquo
ldquoI know a better way to do itrdquo
ldquoI prefer to do it my wayrdquo
Tell them there are many ways to do the same thing correctly yoursquore going to show them IHOPrsquos way
Reinforce why yoursquore asking them to do what you teach
Listen Sometimes Learners have a good idea
APATHY
ldquoI just donrsquot carerdquo
ldquoBORINGrdquo
ldquoIrsquoll sit here if I have to but you canrsquot make me listenrdquo
Ask the Learner what you can do to make the training valuable for them
If the problem continues ask a manager for help
1414
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Learning Styles
Adults generally learn new tasks through one of four learning styles seeing listening readingwriting and doing Some people learn through one style better than through another but most people use all or a combination of all four styles Consider the following example
Imagine you are learning to bowl for the fi rst time Which of the following represents the question that most closely describes the method of learning that most appeals to you Circle your choice
I would like to watch other people who are good bowlers and try to imitate their movements (Seeing)
I would like to have someone who knows how to bowl tell me what I should do (Listening)
I would like to read a bowling instruction manual (Readingwriting)
I would just like to jump in and do it fi guring it out as I go along (Doing)
1
2
3
4
From the self-assessment you took at the beginning of the Training Others module you already know what learning style works best for you But imagine how frustrating it must be for a Learner who probably isnrsquot even aware of which style works best for them when a Certifi ed Trainer uses the completely wrong style Consider giving this the self-assessment to each new Learner to help you deliver training using the style that works best for each
TRAINING
OTHERS
1515
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Here is a quick breakdown of the attributes associated with each learning style
Learning
Style
Preferred
SenseMotto How they learn best
SEEING Sight Seeing is believing
Learns best by observing others
Thinks about what was seen and then acts
Enjoys watching videotapes and by watching others to clarify their own understanding
LISTENING Sound I hear what yoursquore saying
Learns best by hearing others explain things
Thinks about what was heard and then acts
Enjoys learning from audio and videotapes and by discussing things with others to clarify their understanding
READING
WRITINGSight Can I see that
in writing
Learns best by reading written materials
Takes a lot of notes
Enjoys reading manuals and workbooks Must check their own understanding against written instructions
DOING Touch Just let me do it
Learns best by actually doing things
Uses ldquogutrdquo feelings and intuition
Enjoys learning by trial and error and by practicing to clarify their understanding
Because most people learn best using a combination of these four learning styles a successful training program uses all four styles in varying degrees
1616
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The Five-Step Training Method
To be provide eff ective on-the-job training you must follow a proven training method At IHOP we use the Five-Step Method of Training for all training situations including new-hire training training existing Team Members on new procedures or for retraining existing Team Members who are not performing according to standards We will look at each of the following fi ve steps in detail in this section
Plan
Tell
Show
Do
Review
Planning is essential for training to be successful Unfortunately this step is often overlooked Some trainers believe that simply by having the new Learner work alongside others they will automatically learn the job However it takes more training than that
It often takes longer to complete your daily routine if yoursquore training at the same time You and your managers will need to plan for this Make sure therersquos enough time to train someone correctly It will be worth it in the long run A well trained Team Member is an eff ective and effi cient Team Member
Proper planning includes determining the following training ldquobasicsrdquo At the very least you should know the answers to all of these questions before you begin training
Who are you training
What are you training
What do they already know
When are you training
Why is the training taking place
How long do you have to train
What is the expected outcome
Are there any barriers to training (ie language)
TRAINING
OTHERS
1717
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 1 PLAN
Making a Plan
When planning for training follow these steps
Determine the
Goal
Defi ne what training success means
Make sure the goal is achievable
Do not set a goal so high that no one can ever reach it
Develop a
training plan
Decide who will conduct the training
Develop a training schedule
Make sure the ldquowho what when where why and howrdquo of training is determined
Plan each step
Determine the exact information and procedures you will be training in each step
Organize the materials yoursquoll need
Determine the order in which the information will be taught
Decide the amount of time necessary for each step
Failing to Plan
Take a moment and think about the consequences of not having planned properly for training Write some of these in the spaces below
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
1818
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 2 TELL
People learn a lot faster if they know what to expect So before getting to the actual ldquotrainingrdquo as well as throughout the training communicate the following to the Learner be sure to paint a picture in the Learnerrsquos mind of where the training will be going
Tell them the job will
be easy to learn
Reassure them if the job is easyIf the job is not easy (ie learning to fl ip eggs for the fi rst time) tell them it will take time but that they will learn with practice
Tell them why itrsquos
important to you
Remember that adults need to understand the ldquowhyrdquo of a task before theyrsquore motivated to learnThe ldquowhyrdquo usually includes maintaining consistency as a restaurant chain and providing excellent quality service and cleanliness
Tell them why itrsquos
important to them
When Team Members know whatrsquos expected they perform better are praised by the manager and receive positive performance reviewsTeamwork will improve because everyone has been taught the same standardsTheir self-confi dence will increase because they know what theyrsquore doing
Tell them about their
job description
Keep the job description handy It spells out the details of the job Use the job description to help you evaluate the Team Memberrsquos performance
Tell them the KEY
points and steps of the
job
Provide a rdquobig picturerdquo overview of why the task is importantExplain the details of the job and what it entailsGive and repeat the critical steps of the jobUse training workbooks recipes and laminates as you explain
Tell them in the
simplest way
Keep it short and to the point People with prior restaurant experience can generally understand information more quickly than someone new to the industryTell them in a two-way discussionEncourage questions If you do not know the answers to questions donrsquot fake it Find outMake sure all questions get answered in a timely manner
TRAINING
OTHERS
1919
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Practice Telling the ldquoBig Picturerdquo
In the space provided below identify what you would tell a Learner to give them the big picture perspective about each of the tasks listed in order to prepare them for learning the task Use the appropriate list based on whether you are a Front or Back-of-House Team Member Hint Make sure you cover the points in the table on the previous page
Task Front-of-House Tasks Back-of-House Tasks1 Using a seating chart Preparing Buttermilk batter2 Proper table set-up Preparing a Steak Omelette3 Proper coff ee service Preparing an Over Easy egg
Task 1 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2020
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 3 SHOW
After you tell the Learner about the task they will be performing the next step is to actually show them how to do it The best way to go about this is to perform the task yourself while the Learner watches Sometimes the ldquoTellrdquo and ldquoShowrdquo steps are done at the same time especially if the task is a simple one like rolling silverware or labeling and dating perishable items for storage
Follow these guidelines when ldquoshowingrdquo a Learner how to perform a task
Show them one step at
a time
Break up tasks into small manageable pieces
Be sure they understand each step before you move onto the next
Show them the
right way
Bad habits are learned Teach the proper way Donrsquot teach shortcuts
Do not assume a task is so simple that you do not need to train it
Show them you
welcome questions
Ask them questions to check how much theyrsquove learned and confi rm they understand
Prompt them to ask questions if they donrsquot ask on their own
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Learning Style Assessment
One of the most important points a Certifi ed Trainer can recognize is that not every Learner learns the same way Fully understanding this starts by recognizing how you yourself learn best Take the assessment below to determine what learning method works best for you Choose the answer that best explains your preference and mark the letter If more than one answer matches your perception you may mark multiple answers
As you conduct training with your Learners keep this assessment in mind What learning method works best for each of your Learners Are you presenting information in the way that works best for each Learner Yoursquoll learn more about this later in the module
You are about to give directions to a person She is staying in a hotel in town and wants to visit your house She has a rental car Would you S Draw a map on paper R Write down the directions (without a map) L Tell her the directions D Collect her from the hotel in your car
You are staying in a hotel and have a rental car You would like to visit a friend whose addresslocation you do not know Would you like them to S Draw you a map R Write down the directions (without a map)L Tell you directionsD Collect you from the hotel in their car
You have just received a copy of your itinerary for a world trip This is of interest to your friend Would you L Call her immediately and tell her about it R Send her a copy of the printed itinerary S Show her a map of the world
You are going to cook a dessert as a special treat for your family Do you D Cook something familiar without the need for instructions S Thumb through a cookbook looking for ideas from the pictures R Refer to a specifi c cookbook where there is a good recipe L Ask for advise from others
A group of tourists has been assigned to you to fi nd out about national parks Would you D Drive them to a national park S Show them slides and photographs R Give them a book on national parksL Give them a talk on national parks
You are about to purchase a new stereo Other than the price what would most infl uence your decision L A friend talking about it D Listening to itR Reading the details about it S Its distinctive upscale appearance
1
2
3
4
5
6
44
TRAINING
OTHERS
55
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Recall a time in your life when you learned how to do something like playing a new board game Try to avoid choosing a very physical skill ie riding a bike How did you learn best By S Visual clues-pictures diagrams charts R Written instructionsL Listening to somebody explain it D Doing it
Which of these games do you prefer S PictionaryR ScrabbleD Charades
You are about to learn how to use a new program on a computer Would you D Ask a friend to show you R Read the manual which comes with the program L Telephone a friend and ask questions about it
You are not sure whether a word should be spelled ldquodependentrdquo or ldquodependantrdquo Do you R Look it up in a dictionaryS See the word in your mind and choose the best way it looksL Sound it outD Write both versions down
Apart from price what would most infl uence your decision to buy a particular book D Using a friendrsquos copyR Skimming parts of itL A friend talking about itS It looks OK
A new movie has arrived in town What would most infl uence your decision to go or not go L Friends talking about itR You read a review about itS You saw a preview of it
Do you prefer a lecturerteacher who likes to use R Handouts andor a textbookS Flow diagrams charts slidesD Field trips labs practical sessionsL Discussion guest speakers
Now go back and count how many Srsquos Lrsquos Rrsquos and Drsquos you circled Whichever letter you circled most indicates your preferred learning style If you have a ldquotierdquo or two letters are almost equal you probably have more than one preferred learning style Review the following chart for an in-depth look at your preferred learning style
S _____ L _____ R _____ D_____
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
66
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
LEARNING STYLE
Seeing Listening ReadingWriting Doing
About your
style
You learn through watching You prefer to see things in person in pictures or videoYou think about what you see before actingYou memorize lists by associating items with other familiar itemsYou generally need to watch somebody else do a task fi rst before trying it
You learn through explanationYou think about what yoursquove heard before actingYou generally enjoy CDrsquos as well as videos with good narrationGenerally you donrsquot respond with anything but a head nod when learning
You learn best by reading every detail about your subject You prefer to see things in writing You remember by writing detailed notesYou often use descriptive words when describing or writingYou generally need to read about a task before trying it
You learn best with a hands on approachYour ideal training session includes trial and error You prefer not to have to read anything You often dive right into a task without thinking about it
During note-
taking you
should
Underline Use diff erent colors Use symbols charts arrangements on a page
Discuss topics with other LearnersExplain new ideas to other LearnersUse a tape recorder Describe what yoursquove seen or heard to somebody that was not there Leave space in notes for later recall
Use lists with headings Use a dictionary Use handouts and textbooks Re-read your notes Use acronyms and abbreviations
Write down the steps you used to accomplish the taskDiscuss your notes with other Learners
When
studying you
should
Re-draw notes and images from memory Replace words with symbols and initials
Understand you may take poor notes because you prefer to listen Expand on your notes Put summarized notes on tape and listen Read summarized notes out load Explain notes to another ldquoListeningrdquo person
Write out the words again and again Re-read notes silently Re-write ideas into other words Organize diagrams into statements
Understand you may take notes poorly as some topics may not seem relevant at the timePut examples in note summaries Use pictures and photos to illustrate Talk about notes with another ldquoDoingrdquo person
During tests
you should
Recall the pictures of the pages Draw use diagrams where appropriate Practice turning visuals back into words
Listen to your voices and write them down Speak your answersPractice writing answers to old exam questions
Practice with multiple choice questions Write out lists
Write practice answers Role-play the exam situation at home
TRAINING
OTHERS
TRAINING
OTHERS
77
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING BASICS
In this fi rst section of the Training Others module yoursquoll learn the Why the Who and the When of eff ective training Some of this information may seem obvious to you however it is important that we lay a solid foundation upon which to build the information in the following sections
Why Train
Take a moment and think about how training can have the following eff ects on your business Record at least one idea in for each area
Training Can
Impact
By
Increases Guest
Satisfaction
Increases Sales
Reduces Food
Costs
Reduces Labor
Costs
Reduces
Turnover
Provides a
Better Work
Environment
Find your Manager and discuss your answers then discuss any specifi c problems or situations in your restaurant that your Manager feels can be solved or corrected through training
88
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Now that yoursquove thought about it and discussed it with your Manager review these other possible answers
Training Can
Impact
By
Increases Guest
Satisfaction
A guest that experiences great service and food will be a return customer Training produces Team Members who provide great service and food
Team members that are well trained are confi dent in their ability to satisfy guests This creates greater job satisfaction and less likelihood of leaving for a diff erent job
Increases Sales
A successful training program results in Team Members who consistently provide guests with a memorable dining experience This creates customer loyalty which in turn creates a busier restaurant and increased sales
Reduces Food
Costs
Team members who know the correct recipes garnishes and procedures are less likely to make mistakes Less mistakes means less waste
Reduces Labor
Costs
Eff ective training leads to Team Members who are organized and effi cient This saves time
Eff ectively trained Team Members do their jobs effi ciently resulting in less side work and deep cleaning The side work and deep cleaning will be done more quickly saving labor
Reduces
Turnover
An eff ective training program greatly reduces Team Member frustration when learning a new job Without adequate resources for training Team Members can lose motivation This can lead to higher Team Member turnover
Provides a
Better Work
Environment
Team members who perform their job well are generally happier with their job leading to a more pleasant work environment
Training should focus on the importance of teamwork in the restaurant A group of Team Members who work as a team will always have a good time while at work
TRAINING
OTHERS
99
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Who Should Be the Trainer
Think back to the teachers trainers mentors and authority fi gures that have made an impact in your life What are some of the characteristics that they shared Record at least fi ve characteristics in the spaces below
Characteristic 1 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 2 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 3 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 4 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 5 _______________________________________________
The list below shows the characteristics that most eff ective trainers possess Chances are yoursquove written some of these on your list above
Good communication skills
Plenty of patience
An interest in helping others to learn
Extensive knowledge and experience
Unending enthusiasm
Respect for others respect from their customers and co-workers
Now look at both lists Who else do you know that possesses these characteristics Itrsquos probably you And this is the reason yoursquove been selected to become a Certifi ed Trainer
Even if you donrsquot think you have all of these qualities remember these are skills that can be learned by you Seeking out feedback from your Manager your co-workers Learners and even customers will let you know how yoursquore doing
Someone had enough confidence in your abilities to ask you to be a trainer Have confidence in your own Abilities
1010
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
When Should You Train
Training must be a priority in your restaurant It cannot wait for a convenient time because the fact is there probably wonrsquot be one
Training New Hires
When someone is hired it often means that yoursquore short staff ed The tendency is to skip through the training process and get the person ldquoon-the-jobrdquo as soon as possible This is the worst possible thing you can do
By failing to thoroughly train someone up front not only are you setting them up to fail but you are actually hurting your business because this ldquountrainedrdquo Team Member will make many more mistakes than someone who was properly trained
Taking time to properly train a Team Member up-front will actually save time and money in the long run
If you fail to train up-front you will end up re-training the Team Member later and retraining is much more diffi cult because of the ldquobad habitsrdquo the Team Member has learned and must unlearn In fact studies have shown that it takes up to 13 weeks of focused attention to relearn a task that has been learned incorrectly Save yourself and the Learner the time and energy and train them correctly from the beginning
On-going Training
Your skills wonrsquot be used to train only new hires yoursquoll be assisting your Manager in the following training situations
Experienced Team Members who need to learn something new
Team members with performance problems
Training new operations or products
New Team Members are often the easiest to train as they are excited and motivated to learn their new job However when training in other situations the Learnerrsquos motivation must be evaluated to determine whether training is the appropriate solution Training will only benefi t Team Members if they want to learn
TRAINING
OTHERS
1111
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Teaching Adults
All adults follow a predictable pattern when learning that we refer to as the ldquoStages of Learning Reactionrdquo Review the stages below
Level Also Known As Your Role
Unconscious
Incompetence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is not aware of all the tasks required to be successful on the job
Make the Learner aware of the need
Make Learner aware of opportunity
Make Learner aware of the standards for performance
Conscious
Incompetence
ldquoI know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is aware of all the tasks but does not yet know how to do them
Train
Use the Five Step Training Method (wersquoll cover this later)
Conscious
Competence
ldquoI know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks but cannot do them without supervision
Reassure
Build esteem
Keep standards high
Unconscious
Competence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks and does them successfully without even thinking about it
Follow-up
Keep standards high
The goal is to move each Learner to the fourth stage so that they can perform their jobs well without supervision Recognizing exactly what stage each Learner is in at all times will help you determine how to direct your training eff orts
1212
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Whatrsquos In It For Me (WIIFM)
Itrsquos simply human nature to ask this question The answer to this question is probably very important to your Learners whether it is job satisfaction pay or because they simply like to do the job there must be something ldquoinrdquo it for the Learner
Whether they ask this question directly or not you need to be able to show the ldquovaluerdquo of what the Learner is doing in terms of a perceived ldquobenefi trdquo to the Learner
For example we suggest orange juice to all guests who come into IHOP for breakfast Now obviously this is a suggestive selling technique that benefi ts us by increasing sales However is knowing that enough motivation to the Learner to encourage them to suggest juice to each and every guest
Maybe it is and maybe it isnrsquot but if you were to explain the importance of suggesting juice in terms of how it will benefi t the Learner (ie higher check average which leads to a larger tip) the Learner is more likely to perform that action
ALWAYS GIVE THE LEARNER THE WIIFM
Common Blocks to Learning
Most Learners will be very motivated to learn However some will have doubts fears anxieties and insecurities about their abilities Some Learners may even have some serious blocks that hamper their ability or desire to learn The following table shows some common blocks to learning experience by Learners and the suggested approaches the Certifi ed Trainer can take overcome them
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF THE
UNKNOWN
ldquoWhat have I gotten myself intordquo
ldquoI wonder what theyrsquore going to do to merdquo
ldquoI hope everyonersquos nice hererdquo
Explain how the training program will progress
Explain the dayrsquos training objectives at the start of every shift
Explain the next dayrsquos training plan at the end of every shift
FEAR OF LOOKING
FOOLISH
ldquoI look like an idiot (carrying plates fl ipping eggs)rdquo
ldquoEveryone else can do it so much better than I canrdquo
ldquoI donrsquot want anyone to see that I just messed this uprdquo
Explain that everyone theyrsquore working with went through the same process
Reinforce that no one expects them to be perfect during training
Tell them that theyrsquoll look like an experienced ServerHostCook in no time
Emphasize that yoursquore there to help them not judge or criticize them
TRAINING
OTHERS
1313
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF FAILURE
ldquoLook at this menu therersquos so much to learnrdquo
ldquoIrsquom never going to be able to do thisrdquo
ldquoI know Irsquom going to forget everything I just learned when Irsquom with a customerduring a rushrdquo
Clarify that the training program is self-paced so they can move at a speed theyrsquore comfortable with
Explain that their feelings are normal
Reinforce and praise all the things they learn in the beginning of training even the small stuff
FEAR OF CHANGE
ldquoThis is a waste of time I already know this jobrdquo
ldquoI know a better way to do itrdquo
ldquoI prefer to do it my wayrdquo
Tell them there are many ways to do the same thing correctly yoursquore going to show them IHOPrsquos way
Reinforce why yoursquore asking them to do what you teach
Listen Sometimes Learners have a good idea
APATHY
ldquoI just donrsquot carerdquo
ldquoBORINGrdquo
ldquoIrsquoll sit here if I have to but you canrsquot make me listenrdquo
Ask the Learner what you can do to make the training valuable for them
If the problem continues ask a manager for help
1414
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Learning Styles
Adults generally learn new tasks through one of four learning styles seeing listening readingwriting and doing Some people learn through one style better than through another but most people use all or a combination of all four styles Consider the following example
Imagine you are learning to bowl for the fi rst time Which of the following represents the question that most closely describes the method of learning that most appeals to you Circle your choice
I would like to watch other people who are good bowlers and try to imitate their movements (Seeing)
I would like to have someone who knows how to bowl tell me what I should do (Listening)
I would like to read a bowling instruction manual (Readingwriting)
I would just like to jump in and do it fi guring it out as I go along (Doing)
1
2
3
4
From the self-assessment you took at the beginning of the Training Others module you already know what learning style works best for you But imagine how frustrating it must be for a Learner who probably isnrsquot even aware of which style works best for them when a Certifi ed Trainer uses the completely wrong style Consider giving this the self-assessment to each new Learner to help you deliver training using the style that works best for each
TRAINING
OTHERS
1515
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Here is a quick breakdown of the attributes associated with each learning style
Learning
Style
Preferred
SenseMotto How they learn best
SEEING Sight Seeing is believing
Learns best by observing others
Thinks about what was seen and then acts
Enjoys watching videotapes and by watching others to clarify their own understanding
LISTENING Sound I hear what yoursquore saying
Learns best by hearing others explain things
Thinks about what was heard and then acts
Enjoys learning from audio and videotapes and by discussing things with others to clarify their understanding
READING
WRITINGSight Can I see that
in writing
Learns best by reading written materials
Takes a lot of notes
Enjoys reading manuals and workbooks Must check their own understanding against written instructions
DOING Touch Just let me do it
Learns best by actually doing things
Uses ldquogutrdquo feelings and intuition
Enjoys learning by trial and error and by practicing to clarify their understanding
Because most people learn best using a combination of these four learning styles a successful training program uses all four styles in varying degrees
1616
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The Five-Step Training Method
To be provide eff ective on-the-job training you must follow a proven training method At IHOP we use the Five-Step Method of Training for all training situations including new-hire training training existing Team Members on new procedures or for retraining existing Team Members who are not performing according to standards We will look at each of the following fi ve steps in detail in this section
Plan
Tell
Show
Do
Review
Planning is essential for training to be successful Unfortunately this step is often overlooked Some trainers believe that simply by having the new Learner work alongside others they will automatically learn the job However it takes more training than that
It often takes longer to complete your daily routine if yoursquore training at the same time You and your managers will need to plan for this Make sure therersquos enough time to train someone correctly It will be worth it in the long run A well trained Team Member is an eff ective and effi cient Team Member
Proper planning includes determining the following training ldquobasicsrdquo At the very least you should know the answers to all of these questions before you begin training
Who are you training
What are you training
What do they already know
When are you training
Why is the training taking place
How long do you have to train
What is the expected outcome
Are there any barriers to training (ie language)
TRAINING
OTHERS
1717
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 1 PLAN
Making a Plan
When planning for training follow these steps
Determine the
Goal
Defi ne what training success means
Make sure the goal is achievable
Do not set a goal so high that no one can ever reach it
Develop a
training plan
Decide who will conduct the training
Develop a training schedule
Make sure the ldquowho what when where why and howrdquo of training is determined
Plan each step
Determine the exact information and procedures you will be training in each step
Organize the materials yoursquoll need
Determine the order in which the information will be taught
Decide the amount of time necessary for each step
Failing to Plan
Take a moment and think about the consequences of not having planned properly for training Write some of these in the spaces below
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
1818
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 2 TELL
People learn a lot faster if they know what to expect So before getting to the actual ldquotrainingrdquo as well as throughout the training communicate the following to the Learner be sure to paint a picture in the Learnerrsquos mind of where the training will be going
Tell them the job will
be easy to learn
Reassure them if the job is easyIf the job is not easy (ie learning to fl ip eggs for the fi rst time) tell them it will take time but that they will learn with practice
Tell them why itrsquos
important to you
Remember that adults need to understand the ldquowhyrdquo of a task before theyrsquore motivated to learnThe ldquowhyrdquo usually includes maintaining consistency as a restaurant chain and providing excellent quality service and cleanliness
Tell them why itrsquos
important to them
When Team Members know whatrsquos expected they perform better are praised by the manager and receive positive performance reviewsTeamwork will improve because everyone has been taught the same standardsTheir self-confi dence will increase because they know what theyrsquore doing
Tell them about their
job description
Keep the job description handy It spells out the details of the job Use the job description to help you evaluate the Team Memberrsquos performance
Tell them the KEY
points and steps of the
job
Provide a rdquobig picturerdquo overview of why the task is importantExplain the details of the job and what it entailsGive and repeat the critical steps of the jobUse training workbooks recipes and laminates as you explain
Tell them in the
simplest way
Keep it short and to the point People with prior restaurant experience can generally understand information more quickly than someone new to the industryTell them in a two-way discussionEncourage questions If you do not know the answers to questions donrsquot fake it Find outMake sure all questions get answered in a timely manner
TRAINING
OTHERS
1919
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Practice Telling the ldquoBig Picturerdquo
In the space provided below identify what you would tell a Learner to give them the big picture perspective about each of the tasks listed in order to prepare them for learning the task Use the appropriate list based on whether you are a Front or Back-of-House Team Member Hint Make sure you cover the points in the table on the previous page
Task Front-of-House Tasks Back-of-House Tasks1 Using a seating chart Preparing Buttermilk batter2 Proper table set-up Preparing a Steak Omelette3 Proper coff ee service Preparing an Over Easy egg
Task 1 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2020
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 3 SHOW
After you tell the Learner about the task they will be performing the next step is to actually show them how to do it The best way to go about this is to perform the task yourself while the Learner watches Sometimes the ldquoTellrdquo and ldquoShowrdquo steps are done at the same time especially if the task is a simple one like rolling silverware or labeling and dating perishable items for storage
Follow these guidelines when ldquoshowingrdquo a Learner how to perform a task
Show them one step at
a time
Break up tasks into small manageable pieces
Be sure they understand each step before you move onto the next
Show them the
right way
Bad habits are learned Teach the proper way Donrsquot teach shortcuts
Do not assume a task is so simple that you do not need to train it
Show them you
welcome questions
Ask them questions to check how much theyrsquove learned and confi rm they understand
Prompt them to ask questions if they donrsquot ask on their own
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
55
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Recall a time in your life when you learned how to do something like playing a new board game Try to avoid choosing a very physical skill ie riding a bike How did you learn best By S Visual clues-pictures diagrams charts R Written instructionsL Listening to somebody explain it D Doing it
Which of these games do you prefer S PictionaryR ScrabbleD Charades
You are about to learn how to use a new program on a computer Would you D Ask a friend to show you R Read the manual which comes with the program L Telephone a friend and ask questions about it
You are not sure whether a word should be spelled ldquodependentrdquo or ldquodependantrdquo Do you R Look it up in a dictionaryS See the word in your mind and choose the best way it looksL Sound it outD Write both versions down
Apart from price what would most infl uence your decision to buy a particular book D Using a friendrsquos copyR Skimming parts of itL A friend talking about itS It looks OK
A new movie has arrived in town What would most infl uence your decision to go or not go L Friends talking about itR You read a review about itS You saw a preview of it
Do you prefer a lecturerteacher who likes to use R Handouts andor a textbookS Flow diagrams charts slidesD Field trips labs practical sessionsL Discussion guest speakers
Now go back and count how many Srsquos Lrsquos Rrsquos and Drsquos you circled Whichever letter you circled most indicates your preferred learning style If you have a ldquotierdquo or two letters are almost equal you probably have more than one preferred learning style Review the following chart for an in-depth look at your preferred learning style
S _____ L _____ R _____ D_____
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
66
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
LEARNING STYLE
Seeing Listening ReadingWriting Doing
About your
style
You learn through watching You prefer to see things in person in pictures or videoYou think about what you see before actingYou memorize lists by associating items with other familiar itemsYou generally need to watch somebody else do a task fi rst before trying it
You learn through explanationYou think about what yoursquove heard before actingYou generally enjoy CDrsquos as well as videos with good narrationGenerally you donrsquot respond with anything but a head nod when learning
You learn best by reading every detail about your subject You prefer to see things in writing You remember by writing detailed notesYou often use descriptive words when describing or writingYou generally need to read about a task before trying it
You learn best with a hands on approachYour ideal training session includes trial and error You prefer not to have to read anything You often dive right into a task without thinking about it
During note-
taking you
should
Underline Use diff erent colors Use symbols charts arrangements on a page
Discuss topics with other LearnersExplain new ideas to other LearnersUse a tape recorder Describe what yoursquove seen or heard to somebody that was not there Leave space in notes for later recall
Use lists with headings Use a dictionary Use handouts and textbooks Re-read your notes Use acronyms and abbreviations
Write down the steps you used to accomplish the taskDiscuss your notes with other Learners
When
studying you
should
Re-draw notes and images from memory Replace words with symbols and initials
Understand you may take poor notes because you prefer to listen Expand on your notes Put summarized notes on tape and listen Read summarized notes out load Explain notes to another ldquoListeningrdquo person
Write out the words again and again Re-read notes silently Re-write ideas into other words Organize diagrams into statements
Understand you may take notes poorly as some topics may not seem relevant at the timePut examples in note summaries Use pictures and photos to illustrate Talk about notes with another ldquoDoingrdquo person
During tests
you should
Recall the pictures of the pages Draw use diagrams where appropriate Practice turning visuals back into words
Listen to your voices and write them down Speak your answersPractice writing answers to old exam questions
Practice with multiple choice questions Write out lists
Write practice answers Role-play the exam situation at home
TRAINING
OTHERS
TRAINING
OTHERS
77
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING BASICS
In this fi rst section of the Training Others module yoursquoll learn the Why the Who and the When of eff ective training Some of this information may seem obvious to you however it is important that we lay a solid foundation upon which to build the information in the following sections
Why Train
Take a moment and think about how training can have the following eff ects on your business Record at least one idea in for each area
Training Can
Impact
By
Increases Guest
Satisfaction
Increases Sales
Reduces Food
Costs
Reduces Labor
Costs
Reduces
Turnover
Provides a
Better Work
Environment
Find your Manager and discuss your answers then discuss any specifi c problems or situations in your restaurant that your Manager feels can be solved or corrected through training
88
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Now that yoursquove thought about it and discussed it with your Manager review these other possible answers
Training Can
Impact
By
Increases Guest
Satisfaction
A guest that experiences great service and food will be a return customer Training produces Team Members who provide great service and food
Team members that are well trained are confi dent in their ability to satisfy guests This creates greater job satisfaction and less likelihood of leaving for a diff erent job
Increases Sales
A successful training program results in Team Members who consistently provide guests with a memorable dining experience This creates customer loyalty which in turn creates a busier restaurant and increased sales
Reduces Food
Costs
Team members who know the correct recipes garnishes and procedures are less likely to make mistakes Less mistakes means less waste
Reduces Labor
Costs
Eff ective training leads to Team Members who are organized and effi cient This saves time
Eff ectively trained Team Members do their jobs effi ciently resulting in less side work and deep cleaning The side work and deep cleaning will be done more quickly saving labor
Reduces
Turnover
An eff ective training program greatly reduces Team Member frustration when learning a new job Without adequate resources for training Team Members can lose motivation This can lead to higher Team Member turnover
Provides a
Better Work
Environment
Team members who perform their job well are generally happier with their job leading to a more pleasant work environment
Training should focus on the importance of teamwork in the restaurant A group of Team Members who work as a team will always have a good time while at work
TRAINING
OTHERS
99
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Who Should Be the Trainer
Think back to the teachers trainers mentors and authority fi gures that have made an impact in your life What are some of the characteristics that they shared Record at least fi ve characteristics in the spaces below
Characteristic 1 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 2 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 3 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 4 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 5 _______________________________________________
The list below shows the characteristics that most eff ective trainers possess Chances are yoursquove written some of these on your list above
Good communication skills
Plenty of patience
An interest in helping others to learn
Extensive knowledge and experience
Unending enthusiasm
Respect for others respect from their customers and co-workers
Now look at both lists Who else do you know that possesses these characteristics Itrsquos probably you And this is the reason yoursquove been selected to become a Certifi ed Trainer
Even if you donrsquot think you have all of these qualities remember these are skills that can be learned by you Seeking out feedback from your Manager your co-workers Learners and even customers will let you know how yoursquore doing
Someone had enough confidence in your abilities to ask you to be a trainer Have confidence in your own Abilities
1010
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
When Should You Train
Training must be a priority in your restaurant It cannot wait for a convenient time because the fact is there probably wonrsquot be one
Training New Hires
When someone is hired it often means that yoursquore short staff ed The tendency is to skip through the training process and get the person ldquoon-the-jobrdquo as soon as possible This is the worst possible thing you can do
By failing to thoroughly train someone up front not only are you setting them up to fail but you are actually hurting your business because this ldquountrainedrdquo Team Member will make many more mistakes than someone who was properly trained
Taking time to properly train a Team Member up-front will actually save time and money in the long run
If you fail to train up-front you will end up re-training the Team Member later and retraining is much more diffi cult because of the ldquobad habitsrdquo the Team Member has learned and must unlearn In fact studies have shown that it takes up to 13 weeks of focused attention to relearn a task that has been learned incorrectly Save yourself and the Learner the time and energy and train them correctly from the beginning
On-going Training
Your skills wonrsquot be used to train only new hires yoursquoll be assisting your Manager in the following training situations
Experienced Team Members who need to learn something new
Team members with performance problems
Training new operations or products
New Team Members are often the easiest to train as they are excited and motivated to learn their new job However when training in other situations the Learnerrsquos motivation must be evaluated to determine whether training is the appropriate solution Training will only benefi t Team Members if they want to learn
TRAINING
OTHERS
1111
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Teaching Adults
All adults follow a predictable pattern when learning that we refer to as the ldquoStages of Learning Reactionrdquo Review the stages below
Level Also Known As Your Role
Unconscious
Incompetence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is not aware of all the tasks required to be successful on the job
Make the Learner aware of the need
Make Learner aware of opportunity
Make Learner aware of the standards for performance
Conscious
Incompetence
ldquoI know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is aware of all the tasks but does not yet know how to do them
Train
Use the Five Step Training Method (wersquoll cover this later)
Conscious
Competence
ldquoI know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks but cannot do them without supervision
Reassure
Build esteem
Keep standards high
Unconscious
Competence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks and does them successfully without even thinking about it
Follow-up
Keep standards high
The goal is to move each Learner to the fourth stage so that they can perform their jobs well without supervision Recognizing exactly what stage each Learner is in at all times will help you determine how to direct your training eff orts
1212
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Whatrsquos In It For Me (WIIFM)
Itrsquos simply human nature to ask this question The answer to this question is probably very important to your Learners whether it is job satisfaction pay or because they simply like to do the job there must be something ldquoinrdquo it for the Learner
Whether they ask this question directly or not you need to be able to show the ldquovaluerdquo of what the Learner is doing in terms of a perceived ldquobenefi trdquo to the Learner
For example we suggest orange juice to all guests who come into IHOP for breakfast Now obviously this is a suggestive selling technique that benefi ts us by increasing sales However is knowing that enough motivation to the Learner to encourage them to suggest juice to each and every guest
Maybe it is and maybe it isnrsquot but if you were to explain the importance of suggesting juice in terms of how it will benefi t the Learner (ie higher check average which leads to a larger tip) the Learner is more likely to perform that action
ALWAYS GIVE THE LEARNER THE WIIFM
Common Blocks to Learning
Most Learners will be very motivated to learn However some will have doubts fears anxieties and insecurities about their abilities Some Learners may even have some serious blocks that hamper their ability or desire to learn The following table shows some common blocks to learning experience by Learners and the suggested approaches the Certifi ed Trainer can take overcome them
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF THE
UNKNOWN
ldquoWhat have I gotten myself intordquo
ldquoI wonder what theyrsquore going to do to merdquo
ldquoI hope everyonersquos nice hererdquo
Explain how the training program will progress
Explain the dayrsquos training objectives at the start of every shift
Explain the next dayrsquos training plan at the end of every shift
FEAR OF LOOKING
FOOLISH
ldquoI look like an idiot (carrying plates fl ipping eggs)rdquo
ldquoEveryone else can do it so much better than I canrdquo
ldquoI donrsquot want anyone to see that I just messed this uprdquo
Explain that everyone theyrsquore working with went through the same process
Reinforce that no one expects them to be perfect during training
Tell them that theyrsquoll look like an experienced ServerHostCook in no time
Emphasize that yoursquore there to help them not judge or criticize them
TRAINING
OTHERS
1313
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF FAILURE
ldquoLook at this menu therersquos so much to learnrdquo
ldquoIrsquom never going to be able to do thisrdquo
ldquoI know Irsquom going to forget everything I just learned when Irsquom with a customerduring a rushrdquo
Clarify that the training program is self-paced so they can move at a speed theyrsquore comfortable with
Explain that their feelings are normal
Reinforce and praise all the things they learn in the beginning of training even the small stuff
FEAR OF CHANGE
ldquoThis is a waste of time I already know this jobrdquo
ldquoI know a better way to do itrdquo
ldquoI prefer to do it my wayrdquo
Tell them there are many ways to do the same thing correctly yoursquore going to show them IHOPrsquos way
Reinforce why yoursquore asking them to do what you teach
Listen Sometimes Learners have a good idea
APATHY
ldquoI just donrsquot carerdquo
ldquoBORINGrdquo
ldquoIrsquoll sit here if I have to but you canrsquot make me listenrdquo
Ask the Learner what you can do to make the training valuable for them
If the problem continues ask a manager for help
1414
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Learning Styles
Adults generally learn new tasks through one of four learning styles seeing listening readingwriting and doing Some people learn through one style better than through another but most people use all or a combination of all four styles Consider the following example
Imagine you are learning to bowl for the fi rst time Which of the following represents the question that most closely describes the method of learning that most appeals to you Circle your choice
I would like to watch other people who are good bowlers and try to imitate their movements (Seeing)
I would like to have someone who knows how to bowl tell me what I should do (Listening)
I would like to read a bowling instruction manual (Readingwriting)
I would just like to jump in and do it fi guring it out as I go along (Doing)
1
2
3
4
From the self-assessment you took at the beginning of the Training Others module you already know what learning style works best for you But imagine how frustrating it must be for a Learner who probably isnrsquot even aware of which style works best for them when a Certifi ed Trainer uses the completely wrong style Consider giving this the self-assessment to each new Learner to help you deliver training using the style that works best for each
TRAINING
OTHERS
1515
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Here is a quick breakdown of the attributes associated with each learning style
Learning
Style
Preferred
SenseMotto How they learn best
SEEING Sight Seeing is believing
Learns best by observing others
Thinks about what was seen and then acts
Enjoys watching videotapes and by watching others to clarify their own understanding
LISTENING Sound I hear what yoursquore saying
Learns best by hearing others explain things
Thinks about what was heard and then acts
Enjoys learning from audio and videotapes and by discussing things with others to clarify their understanding
READING
WRITINGSight Can I see that
in writing
Learns best by reading written materials
Takes a lot of notes
Enjoys reading manuals and workbooks Must check their own understanding against written instructions
DOING Touch Just let me do it
Learns best by actually doing things
Uses ldquogutrdquo feelings and intuition
Enjoys learning by trial and error and by practicing to clarify their understanding
Because most people learn best using a combination of these four learning styles a successful training program uses all four styles in varying degrees
1616
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The Five-Step Training Method
To be provide eff ective on-the-job training you must follow a proven training method At IHOP we use the Five-Step Method of Training for all training situations including new-hire training training existing Team Members on new procedures or for retraining existing Team Members who are not performing according to standards We will look at each of the following fi ve steps in detail in this section
Plan
Tell
Show
Do
Review
Planning is essential for training to be successful Unfortunately this step is often overlooked Some trainers believe that simply by having the new Learner work alongside others they will automatically learn the job However it takes more training than that
It often takes longer to complete your daily routine if yoursquore training at the same time You and your managers will need to plan for this Make sure therersquos enough time to train someone correctly It will be worth it in the long run A well trained Team Member is an eff ective and effi cient Team Member
Proper planning includes determining the following training ldquobasicsrdquo At the very least you should know the answers to all of these questions before you begin training
Who are you training
What are you training
What do they already know
When are you training
Why is the training taking place
How long do you have to train
What is the expected outcome
Are there any barriers to training (ie language)
TRAINING
OTHERS
1717
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 1 PLAN
Making a Plan
When planning for training follow these steps
Determine the
Goal
Defi ne what training success means
Make sure the goal is achievable
Do not set a goal so high that no one can ever reach it
Develop a
training plan
Decide who will conduct the training
Develop a training schedule
Make sure the ldquowho what when where why and howrdquo of training is determined
Plan each step
Determine the exact information and procedures you will be training in each step
Organize the materials yoursquoll need
Determine the order in which the information will be taught
Decide the amount of time necessary for each step
Failing to Plan
Take a moment and think about the consequences of not having planned properly for training Write some of these in the spaces below
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
1818
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 2 TELL
People learn a lot faster if they know what to expect So before getting to the actual ldquotrainingrdquo as well as throughout the training communicate the following to the Learner be sure to paint a picture in the Learnerrsquos mind of where the training will be going
Tell them the job will
be easy to learn
Reassure them if the job is easyIf the job is not easy (ie learning to fl ip eggs for the fi rst time) tell them it will take time but that they will learn with practice
Tell them why itrsquos
important to you
Remember that adults need to understand the ldquowhyrdquo of a task before theyrsquore motivated to learnThe ldquowhyrdquo usually includes maintaining consistency as a restaurant chain and providing excellent quality service and cleanliness
Tell them why itrsquos
important to them
When Team Members know whatrsquos expected they perform better are praised by the manager and receive positive performance reviewsTeamwork will improve because everyone has been taught the same standardsTheir self-confi dence will increase because they know what theyrsquore doing
Tell them about their
job description
Keep the job description handy It spells out the details of the job Use the job description to help you evaluate the Team Memberrsquos performance
Tell them the KEY
points and steps of the
job
Provide a rdquobig picturerdquo overview of why the task is importantExplain the details of the job and what it entailsGive and repeat the critical steps of the jobUse training workbooks recipes and laminates as you explain
Tell them in the
simplest way
Keep it short and to the point People with prior restaurant experience can generally understand information more quickly than someone new to the industryTell them in a two-way discussionEncourage questions If you do not know the answers to questions donrsquot fake it Find outMake sure all questions get answered in a timely manner
TRAINING
OTHERS
1919
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Practice Telling the ldquoBig Picturerdquo
In the space provided below identify what you would tell a Learner to give them the big picture perspective about each of the tasks listed in order to prepare them for learning the task Use the appropriate list based on whether you are a Front or Back-of-House Team Member Hint Make sure you cover the points in the table on the previous page
Task Front-of-House Tasks Back-of-House Tasks1 Using a seating chart Preparing Buttermilk batter2 Proper table set-up Preparing a Steak Omelette3 Proper coff ee service Preparing an Over Easy egg
Task 1 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2020
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 3 SHOW
After you tell the Learner about the task they will be performing the next step is to actually show them how to do it The best way to go about this is to perform the task yourself while the Learner watches Sometimes the ldquoTellrdquo and ldquoShowrdquo steps are done at the same time especially if the task is a simple one like rolling silverware or labeling and dating perishable items for storage
Follow these guidelines when ldquoshowingrdquo a Learner how to perform a task
Show them one step at
a time
Break up tasks into small manageable pieces
Be sure they understand each step before you move onto the next
Show them the
right way
Bad habits are learned Teach the proper way Donrsquot teach shortcuts
Do not assume a task is so simple that you do not need to train it
Show them you
welcome questions
Ask them questions to check how much theyrsquove learned and confi rm they understand
Prompt them to ask questions if they donrsquot ask on their own
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
66
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
LEARNING STYLE
Seeing Listening ReadingWriting Doing
About your
style
You learn through watching You prefer to see things in person in pictures or videoYou think about what you see before actingYou memorize lists by associating items with other familiar itemsYou generally need to watch somebody else do a task fi rst before trying it
You learn through explanationYou think about what yoursquove heard before actingYou generally enjoy CDrsquos as well as videos with good narrationGenerally you donrsquot respond with anything but a head nod when learning
You learn best by reading every detail about your subject You prefer to see things in writing You remember by writing detailed notesYou often use descriptive words when describing or writingYou generally need to read about a task before trying it
You learn best with a hands on approachYour ideal training session includes trial and error You prefer not to have to read anything You often dive right into a task without thinking about it
During note-
taking you
should
Underline Use diff erent colors Use symbols charts arrangements on a page
Discuss topics with other LearnersExplain new ideas to other LearnersUse a tape recorder Describe what yoursquove seen or heard to somebody that was not there Leave space in notes for later recall
Use lists with headings Use a dictionary Use handouts and textbooks Re-read your notes Use acronyms and abbreviations
Write down the steps you used to accomplish the taskDiscuss your notes with other Learners
When
studying you
should
Re-draw notes and images from memory Replace words with symbols and initials
Understand you may take poor notes because you prefer to listen Expand on your notes Put summarized notes on tape and listen Read summarized notes out load Explain notes to another ldquoListeningrdquo person
Write out the words again and again Re-read notes silently Re-write ideas into other words Organize diagrams into statements
Understand you may take notes poorly as some topics may not seem relevant at the timePut examples in note summaries Use pictures and photos to illustrate Talk about notes with another ldquoDoingrdquo person
During tests
you should
Recall the pictures of the pages Draw use diagrams where appropriate Practice turning visuals back into words
Listen to your voices and write them down Speak your answersPractice writing answers to old exam questions
Practice with multiple choice questions Write out lists
Write practice answers Role-play the exam situation at home
TRAINING
OTHERS
TRAINING
OTHERS
77
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING BASICS
In this fi rst section of the Training Others module yoursquoll learn the Why the Who and the When of eff ective training Some of this information may seem obvious to you however it is important that we lay a solid foundation upon which to build the information in the following sections
Why Train
Take a moment and think about how training can have the following eff ects on your business Record at least one idea in for each area
Training Can
Impact
By
Increases Guest
Satisfaction
Increases Sales
Reduces Food
Costs
Reduces Labor
Costs
Reduces
Turnover
Provides a
Better Work
Environment
Find your Manager and discuss your answers then discuss any specifi c problems or situations in your restaurant that your Manager feels can be solved or corrected through training
88
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Now that yoursquove thought about it and discussed it with your Manager review these other possible answers
Training Can
Impact
By
Increases Guest
Satisfaction
A guest that experiences great service and food will be a return customer Training produces Team Members who provide great service and food
Team members that are well trained are confi dent in their ability to satisfy guests This creates greater job satisfaction and less likelihood of leaving for a diff erent job
Increases Sales
A successful training program results in Team Members who consistently provide guests with a memorable dining experience This creates customer loyalty which in turn creates a busier restaurant and increased sales
Reduces Food
Costs
Team members who know the correct recipes garnishes and procedures are less likely to make mistakes Less mistakes means less waste
Reduces Labor
Costs
Eff ective training leads to Team Members who are organized and effi cient This saves time
Eff ectively trained Team Members do their jobs effi ciently resulting in less side work and deep cleaning The side work and deep cleaning will be done more quickly saving labor
Reduces
Turnover
An eff ective training program greatly reduces Team Member frustration when learning a new job Without adequate resources for training Team Members can lose motivation This can lead to higher Team Member turnover
Provides a
Better Work
Environment
Team members who perform their job well are generally happier with their job leading to a more pleasant work environment
Training should focus on the importance of teamwork in the restaurant A group of Team Members who work as a team will always have a good time while at work
TRAINING
OTHERS
99
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Who Should Be the Trainer
Think back to the teachers trainers mentors and authority fi gures that have made an impact in your life What are some of the characteristics that they shared Record at least fi ve characteristics in the spaces below
Characteristic 1 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 2 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 3 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 4 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 5 _______________________________________________
The list below shows the characteristics that most eff ective trainers possess Chances are yoursquove written some of these on your list above
Good communication skills
Plenty of patience
An interest in helping others to learn
Extensive knowledge and experience
Unending enthusiasm
Respect for others respect from their customers and co-workers
Now look at both lists Who else do you know that possesses these characteristics Itrsquos probably you And this is the reason yoursquove been selected to become a Certifi ed Trainer
Even if you donrsquot think you have all of these qualities remember these are skills that can be learned by you Seeking out feedback from your Manager your co-workers Learners and even customers will let you know how yoursquore doing
Someone had enough confidence in your abilities to ask you to be a trainer Have confidence in your own Abilities
1010
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
When Should You Train
Training must be a priority in your restaurant It cannot wait for a convenient time because the fact is there probably wonrsquot be one
Training New Hires
When someone is hired it often means that yoursquore short staff ed The tendency is to skip through the training process and get the person ldquoon-the-jobrdquo as soon as possible This is the worst possible thing you can do
By failing to thoroughly train someone up front not only are you setting them up to fail but you are actually hurting your business because this ldquountrainedrdquo Team Member will make many more mistakes than someone who was properly trained
Taking time to properly train a Team Member up-front will actually save time and money in the long run
If you fail to train up-front you will end up re-training the Team Member later and retraining is much more diffi cult because of the ldquobad habitsrdquo the Team Member has learned and must unlearn In fact studies have shown that it takes up to 13 weeks of focused attention to relearn a task that has been learned incorrectly Save yourself and the Learner the time and energy and train them correctly from the beginning
On-going Training
Your skills wonrsquot be used to train only new hires yoursquoll be assisting your Manager in the following training situations
Experienced Team Members who need to learn something new
Team members with performance problems
Training new operations or products
New Team Members are often the easiest to train as they are excited and motivated to learn their new job However when training in other situations the Learnerrsquos motivation must be evaluated to determine whether training is the appropriate solution Training will only benefi t Team Members if they want to learn
TRAINING
OTHERS
1111
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Teaching Adults
All adults follow a predictable pattern when learning that we refer to as the ldquoStages of Learning Reactionrdquo Review the stages below
Level Also Known As Your Role
Unconscious
Incompetence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is not aware of all the tasks required to be successful on the job
Make the Learner aware of the need
Make Learner aware of opportunity
Make Learner aware of the standards for performance
Conscious
Incompetence
ldquoI know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is aware of all the tasks but does not yet know how to do them
Train
Use the Five Step Training Method (wersquoll cover this later)
Conscious
Competence
ldquoI know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks but cannot do them without supervision
Reassure
Build esteem
Keep standards high
Unconscious
Competence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks and does them successfully without even thinking about it
Follow-up
Keep standards high
The goal is to move each Learner to the fourth stage so that they can perform their jobs well without supervision Recognizing exactly what stage each Learner is in at all times will help you determine how to direct your training eff orts
1212
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Whatrsquos In It For Me (WIIFM)
Itrsquos simply human nature to ask this question The answer to this question is probably very important to your Learners whether it is job satisfaction pay or because they simply like to do the job there must be something ldquoinrdquo it for the Learner
Whether they ask this question directly or not you need to be able to show the ldquovaluerdquo of what the Learner is doing in terms of a perceived ldquobenefi trdquo to the Learner
For example we suggest orange juice to all guests who come into IHOP for breakfast Now obviously this is a suggestive selling technique that benefi ts us by increasing sales However is knowing that enough motivation to the Learner to encourage them to suggest juice to each and every guest
Maybe it is and maybe it isnrsquot but if you were to explain the importance of suggesting juice in terms of how it will benefi t the Learner (ie higher check average which leads to a larger tip) the Learner is more likely to perform that action
ALWAYS GIVE THE LEARNER THE WIIFM
Common Blocks to Learning
Most Learners will be very motivated to learn However some will have doubts fears anxieties and insecurities about their abilities Some Learners may even have some serious blocks that hamper their ability or desire to learn The following table shows some common blocks to learning experience by Learners and the suggested approaches the Certifi ed Trainer can take overcome them
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF THE
UNKNOWN
ldquoWhat have I gotten myself intordquo
ldquoI wonder what theyrsquore going to do to merdquo
ldquoI hope everyonersquos nice hererdquo
Explain how the training program will progress
Explain the dayrsquos training objectives at the start of every shift
Explain the next dayrsquos training plan at the end of every shift
FEAR OF LOOKING
FOOLISH
ldquoI look like an idiot (carrying plates fl ipping eggs)rdquo
ldquoEveryone else can do it so much better than I canrdquo
ldquoI donrsquot want anyone to see that I just messed this uprdquo
Explain that everyone theyrsquore working with went through the same process
Reinforce that no one expects them to be perfect during training
Tell them that theyrsquoll look like an experienced ServerHostCook in no time
Emphasize that yoursquore there to help them not judge or criticize them
TRAINING
OTHERS
1313
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF FAILURE
ldquoLook at this menu therersquos so much to learnrdquo
ldquoIrsquom never going to be able to do thisrdquo
ldquoI know Irsquom going to forget everything I just learned when Irsquom with a customerduring a rushrdquo
Clarify that the training program is self-paced so they can move at a speed theyrsquore comfortable with
Explain that their feelings are normal
Reinforce and praise all the things they learn in the beginning of training even the small stuff
FEAR OF CHANGE
ldquoThis is a waste of time I already know this jobrdquo
ldquoI know a better way to do itrdquo
ldquoI prefer to do it my wayrdquo
Tell them there are many ways to do the same thing correctly yoursquore going to show them IHOPrsquos way
Reinforce why yoursquore asking them to do what you teach
Listen Sometimes Learners have a good idea
APATHY
ldquoI just donrsquot carerdquo
ldquoBORINGrdquo
ldquoIrsquoll sit here if I have to but you canrsquot make me listenrdquo
Ask the Learner what you can do to make the training valuable for them
If the problem continues ask a manager for help
1414
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Learning Styles
Adults generally learn new tasks through one of four learning styles seeing listening readingwriting and doing Some people learn through one style better than through another but most people use all or a combination of all four styles Consider the following example
Imagine you are learning to bowl for the fi rst time Which of the following represents the question that most closely describes the method of learning that most appeals to you Circle your choice
I would like to watch other people who are good bowlers and try to imitate their movements (Seeing)
I would like to have someone who knows how to bowl tell me what I should do (Listening)
I would like to read a bowling instruction manual (Readingwriting)
I would just like to jump in and do it fi guring it out as I go along (Doing)
1
2
3
4
From the self-assessment you took at the beginning of the Training Others module you already know what learning style works best for you But imagine how frustrating it must be for a Learner who probably isnrsquot even aware of which style works best for them when a Certifi ed Trainer uses the completely wrong style Consider giving this the self-assessment to each new Learner to help you deliver training using the style that works best for each
TRAINING
OTHERS
1515
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Here is a quick breakdown of the attributes associated with each learning style
Learning
Style
Preferred
SenseMotto How they learn best
SEEING Sight Seeing is believing
Learns best by observing others
Thinks about what was seen and then acts
Enjoys watching videotapes and by watching others to clarify their own understanding
LISTENING Sound I hear what yoursquore saying
Learns best by hearing others explain things
Thinks about what was heard and then acts
Enjoys learning from audio and videotapes and by discussing things with others to clarify their understanding
READING
WRITINGSight Can I see that
in writing
Learns best by reading written materials
Takes a lot of notes
Enjoys reading manuals and workbooks Must check their own understanding against written instructions
DOING Touch Just let me do it
Learns best by actually doing things
Uses ldquogutrdquo feelings and intuition
Enjoys learning by trial and error and by practicing to clarify their understanding
Because most people learn best using a combination of these four learning styles a successful training program uses all four styles in varying degrees
1616
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The Five-Step Training Method
To be provide eff ective on-the-job training you must follow a proven training method At IHOP we use the Five-Step Method of Training for all training situations including new-hire training training existing Team Members on new procedures or for retraining existing Team Members who are not performing according to standards We will look at each of the following fi ve steps in detail in this section
Plan
Tell
Show
Do
Review
Planning is essential for training to be successful Unfortunately this step is often overlooked Some trainers believe that simply by having the new Learner work alongside others they will automatically learn the job However it takes more training than that
It often takes longer to complete your daily routine if yoursquore training at the same time You and your managers will need to plan for this Make sure therersquos enough time to train someone correctly It will be worth it in the long run A well trained Team Member is an eff ective and effi cient Team Member
Proper planning includes determining the following training ldquobasicsrdquo At the very least you should know the answers to all of these questions before you begin training
Who are you training
What are you training
What do they already know
When are you training
Why is the training taking place
How long do you have to train
What is the expected outcome
Are there any barriers to training (ie language)
TRAINING
OTHERS
1717
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 1 PLAN
Making a Plan
When planning for training follow these steps
Determine the
Goal
Defi ne what training success means
Make sure the goal is achievable
Do not set a goal so high that no one can ever reach it
Develop a
training plan
Decide who will conduct the training
Develop a training schedule
Make sure the ldquowho what when where why and howrdquo of training is determined
Plan each step
Determine the exact information and procedures you will be training in each step
Organize the materials yoursquoll need
Determine the order in which the information will be taught
Decide the amount of time necessary for each step
Failing to Plan
Take a moment and think about the consequences of not having planned properly for training Write some of these in the spaces below
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
1818
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 2 TELL
People learn a lot faster if they know what to expect So before getting to the actual ldquotrainingrdquo as well as throughout the training communicate the following to the Learner be sure to paint a picture in the Learnerrsquos mind of where the training will be going
Tell them the job will
be easy to learn
Reassure them if the job is easyIf the job is not easy (ie learning to fl ip eggs for the fi rst time) tell them it will take time but that they will learn with practice
Tell them why itrsquos
important to you
Remember that adults need to understand the ldquowhyrdquo of a task before theyrsquore motivated to learnThe ldquowhyrdquo usually includes maintaining consistency as a restaurant chain and providing excellent quality service and cleanliness
Tell them why itrsquos
important to them
When Team Members know whatrsquos expected they perform better are praised by the manager and receive positive performance reviewsTeamwork will improve because everyone has been taught the same standardsTheir self-confi dence will increase because they know what theyrsquore doing
Tell them about their
job description
Keep the job description handy It spells out the details of the job Use the job description to help you evaluate the Team Memberrsquos performance
Tell them the KEY
points and steps of the
job
Provide a rdquobig picturerdquo overview of why the task is importantExplain the details of the job and what it entailsGive and repeat the critical steps of the jobUse training workbooks recipes and laminates as you explain
Tell them in the
simplest way
Keep it short and to the point People with prior restaurant experience can generally understand information more quickly than someone new to the industryTell them in a two-way discussionEncourage questions If you do not know the answers to questions donrsquot fake it Find outMake sure all questions get answered in a timely manner
TRAINING
OTHERS
1919
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Practice Telling the ldquoBig Picturerdquo
In the space provided below identify what you would tell a Learner to give them the big picture perspective about each of the tasks listed in order to prepare them for learning the task Use the appropriate list based on whether you are a Front or Back-of-House Team Member Hint Make sure you cover the points in the table on the previous page
Task Front-of-House Tasks Back-of-House Tasks1 Using a seating chart Preparing Buttermilk batter2 Proper table set-up Preparing a Steak Omelette3 Proper coff ee service Preparing an Over Easy egg
Task 1 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2020
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 3 SHOW
After you tell the Learner about the task they will be performing the next step is to actually show them how to do it The best way to go about this is to perform the task yourself while the Learner watches Sometimes the ldquoTellrdquo and ldquoShowrdquo steps are done at the same time especially if the task is a simple one like rolling silverware or labeling and dating perishable items for storage
Follow these guidelines when ldquoshowingrdquo a Learner how to perform a task
Show them one step at
a time
Break up tasks into small manageable pieces
Be sure they understand each step before you move onto the next
Show them the
right way
Bad habits are learned Teach the proper way Donrsquot teach shortcuts
Do not assume a task is so simple that you do not need to train it
Show them you
welcome questions
Ask them questions to check how much theyrsquove learned and confi rm they understand
Prompt them to ask questions if they donrsquot ask on their own
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
77
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING BASICS
In this fi rst section of the Training Others module yoursquoll learn the Why the Who and the When of eff ective training Some of this information may seem obvious to you however it is important that we lay a solid foundation upon which to build the information in the following sections
Why Train
Take a moment and think about how training can have the following eff ects on your business Record at least one idea in for each area
Training Can
Impact
By
Increases Guest
Satisfaction
Increases Sales
Reduces Food
Costs
Reduces Labor
Costs
Reduces
Turnover
Provides a
Better Work
Environment
Find your Manager and discuss your answers then discuss any specifi c problems or situations in your restaurant that your Manager feels can be solved or corrected through training
88
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Now that yoursquove thought about it and discussed it with your Manager review these other possible answers
Training Can
Impact
By
Increases Guest
Satisfaction
A guest that experiences great service and food will be a return customer Training produces Team Members who provide great service and food
Team members that are well trained are confi dent in their ability to satisfy guests This creates greater job satisfaction and less likelihood of leaving for a diff erent job
Increases Sales
A successful training program results in Team Members who consistently provide guests with a memorable dining experience This creates customer loyalty which in turn creates a busier restaurant and increased sales
Reduces Food
Costs
Team members who know the correct recipes garnishes and procedures are less likely to make mistakes Less mistakes means less waste
Reduces Labor
Costs
Eff ective training leads to Team Members who are organized and effi cient This saves time
Eff ectively trained Team Members do their jobs effi ciently resulting in less side work and deep cleaning The side work and deep cleaning will be done more quickly saving labor
Reduces
Turnover
An eff ective training program greatly reduces Team Member frustration when learning a new job Without adequate resources for training Team Members can lose motivation This can lead to higher Team Member turnover
Provides a
Better Work
Environment
Team members who perform their job well are generally happier with their job leading to a more pleasant work environment
Training should focus on the importance of teamwork in the restaurant A group of Team Members who work as a team will always have a good time while at work
TRAINING
OTHERS
99
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Who Should Be the Trainer
Think back to the teachers trainers mentors and authority fi gures that have made an impact in your life What are some of the characteristics that they shared Record at least fi ve characteristics in the spaces below
Characteristic 1 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 2 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 3 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 4 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 5 _______________________________________________
The list below shows the characteristics that most eff ective trainers possess Chances are yoursquove written some of these on your list above
Good communication skills
Plenty of patience
An interest in helping others to learn
Extensive knowledge and experience
Unending enthusiasm
Respect for others respect from their customers and co-workers
Now look at both lists Who else do you know that possesses these characteristics Itrsquos probably you And this is the reason yoursquove been selected to become a Certifi ed Trainer
Even if you donrsquot think you have all of these qualities remember these are skills that can be learned by you Seeking out feedback from your Manager your co-workers Learners and even customers will let you know how yoursquore doing
Someone had enough confidence in your abilities to ask you to be a trainer Have confidence in your own Abilities
1010
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
When Should You Train
Training must be a priority in your restaurant It cannot wait for a convenient time because the fact is there probably wonrsquot be one
Training New Hires
When someone is hired it often means that yoursquore short staff ed The tendency is to skip through the training process and get the person ldquoon-the-jobrdquo as soon as possible This is the worst possible thing you can do
By failing to thoroughly train someone up front not only are you setting them up to fail but you are actually hurting your business because this ldquountrainedrdquo Team Member will make many more mistakes than someone who was properly trained
Taking time to properly train a Team Member up-front will actually save time and money in the long run
If you fail to train up-front you will end up re-training the Team Member later and retraining is much more diffi cult because of the ldquobad habitsrdquo the Team Member has learned and must unlearn In fact studies have shown that it takes up to 13 weeks of focused attention to relearn a task that has been learned incorrectly Save yourself and the Learner the time and energy and train them correctly from the beginning
On-going Training
Your skills wonrsquot be used to train only new hires yoursquoll be assisting your Manager in the following training situations
Experienced Team Members who need to learn something new
Team members with performance problems
Training new operations or products
New Team Members are often the easiest to train as they are excited and motivated to learn their new job However when training in other situations the Learnerrsquos motivation must be evaluated to determine whether training is the appropriate solution Training will only benefi t Team Members if they want to learn
TRAINING
OTHERS
1111
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Teaching Adults
All adults follow a predictable pattern when learning that we refer to as the ldquoStages of Learning Reactionrdquo Review the stages below
Level Also Known As Your Role
Unconscious
Incompetence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is not aware of all the tasks required to be successful on the job
Make the Learner aware of the need
Make Learner aware of opportunity
Make Learner aware of the standards for performance
Conscious
Incompetence
ldquoI know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is aware of all the tasks but does not yet know how to do them
Train
Use the Five Step Training Method (wersquoll cover this later)
Conscious
Competence
ldquoI know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks but cannot do them without supervision
Reassure
Build esteem
Keep standards high
Unconscious
Competence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks and does them successfully without even thinking about it
Follow-up
Keep standards high
The goal is to move each Learner to the fourth stage so that they can perform their jobs well without supervision Recognizing exactly what stage each Learner is in at all times will help you determine how to direct your training eff orts
1212
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Whatrsquos In It For Me (WIIFM)
Itrsquos simply human nature to ask this question The answer to this question is probably very important to your Learners whether it is job satisfaction pay or because they simply like to do the job there must be something ldquoinrdquo it for the Learner
Whether they ask this question directly or not you need to be able to show the ldquovaluerdquo of what the Learner is doing in terms of a perceived ldquobenefi trdquo to the Learner
For example we suggest orange juice to all guests who come into IHOP for breakfast Now obviously this is a suggestive selling technique that benefi ts us by increasing sales However is knowing that enough motivation to the Learner to encourage them to suggest juice to each and every guest
Maybe it is and maybe it isnrsquot but if you were to explain the importance of suggesting juice in terms of how it will benefi t the Learner (ie higher check average which leads to a larger tip) the Learner is more likely to perform that action
ALWAYS GIVE THE LEARNER THE WIIFM
Common Blocks to Learning
Most Learners will be very motivated to learn However some will have doubts fears anxieties and insecurities about their abilities Some Learners may even have some serious blocks that hamper their ability or desire to learn The following table shows some common blocks to learning experience by Learners and the suggested approaches the Certifi ed Trainer can take overcome them
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF THE
UNKNOWN
ldquoWhat have I gotten myself intordquo
ldquoI wonder what theyrsquore going to do to merdquo
ldquoI hope everyonersquos nice hererdquo
Explain how the training program will progress
Explain the dayrsquos training objectives at the start of every shift
Explain the next dayrsquos training plan at the end of every shift
FEAR OF LOOKING
FOOLISH
ldquoI look like an idiot (carrying plates fl ipping eggs)rdquo
ldquoEveryone else can do it so much better than I canrdquo
ldquoI donrsquot want anyone to see that I just messed this uprdquo
Explain that everyone theyrsquore working with went through the same process
Reinforce that no one expects them to be perfect during training
Tell them that theyrsquoll look like an experienced ServerHostCook in no time
Emphasize that yoursquore there to help them not judge or criticize them
TRAINING
OTHERS
1313
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF FAILURE
ldquoLook at this menu therersquos so much to learnrdquo
ldquoIrsquom never going to be able to do thisrdquo
ldquoI know Irsquom going to forget everything I just learned when Irsquom with a customerduring a rushrdquo
Clarify that the training program is self-paced so they can move at a speed theyrsquore comfortable with
Explain that their feelings are normal
Reinforce and praise all the things they learn in the beginning of training even the small stuff
FEAR OF CHANGE
ldquoThis is a waste of time I already know this jobrdquo
ldquoI know a better way to do itrdquo
ldquoI prefer to do it my wayrdquo
Tell them there are many ways to do the same thing correctly yoursquore going to show them IHOPrsquos way
Reinforce why yoursquore asking them to do what you teach
Listen Sometimes Learners have a good idea
APATHY
ldquoI just donrsquot carerdquo
ldquoBORINGrdquo
ldquoIrsquoll sit here if I have to but you canrsquot make me listenrdquo
Ask the Learner what you can do to make the training valuable for them
If the problem continues ask a manager for help
1414
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Learning Styles
Adults generally learn new tasks through one of four learning styles seeing listening readingwriting and doing Some people learn through one style better than through another but most people use all or a combination of all four styles Consider the following example
Imagine you are learning to bowl for the fi rst time Which of the following represents the question that most closely describes the method of learning that most appeals to you Circle your choice
I would like to watch other people who are good bowlers and try to imitate their movements (Seeing)
I would like to have someone who knows how to bowl tell me what I should do (Listening)
I would like to read a bowling instruction manual (Readingwriting)
I would just like to jump in and do it fi guring it out as I go along (Doing)
1
2
3
4
From the self-assessment you took at the beginning of the Training Others module you already know what learning style works best for you But imagine how frustrating it must be for a Learner who probably isnrsquot even aware of which style works best for them when a Certifi ed Trainer uses the completely wrong style Consider giving this the self-assessment to each new Learner to help you deliver training using the style that works best for each
TRAINING
OTHERS
1515
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Here is a quick breakdown of the attributes associated with each learning style
Learning
Style
Preferred
SenseMotto How they learn best
SEEING Sight Seeing is believing
Learns best by observing others
Thinks about what was seen and then acts
Enjoys watching videotapes and by watching others to clarify their own understanding
LISTENING Sound I hear what yoursquore saying
Learns best by hearing others explain things
Thinks about what was heard and then acts
Enjoys learning from audio and videotapes and by discussing things with others to clarify their understanding
READING
WRITINGSight Can I see that
in writing
Learns best by reading written materials
Takes a lot of notes
Enjoys reading manuals and workbooks Must check their own understanding against written instructions
DOING Touch Just let me do it
Learns best by actually doing things
Uses ldquogutrdquo feelings and intuition
Enjoys learning by trial and error and by practicing to clarify their understanding
Because most people learn best using a combination of these four learning styles a successful training program uses all four styles in varying degrees
1616
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The Five-Step Training Method
To be provide eff ective on-the-job training you must follow a proven training method At IHOP we use the Five-Step Method of Training for all training situations including new-hire training training existing Team Members on new procedures or for retraining existing Team Members who are not performing according to standards We will look at each of the following fi ve steps in detail in this section
Plan
Tell
Show
Do
Review
Planning is essential for training to be successful Unfortunately this step is often overlooked Some trainers believe that simply by having the new Learner work alongside others they will automatically learn the job However it takes more training than that
It often takes longer to complete your daily routine if yoursquore training at the same time You and your managers will need to plan for this Make sure therersquos enough time to train someone correctly It will be worth it in the long run A well trained Team Member is an eff ective and effi cient Team Member
Proper planning includes determining the following training ldquobasicsrdquo At the very least you should know the answers to all of these questions before you begin training
Who are you training
What are you training
What do they already know
When are you training
Why is the training taking place
How long do you have to train
What is the expected outcome
Are there any barriers to training (ie language)
TRAINING
OTHERS
1717
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 1 PLAN
Making a Plan
When planning for training follow these steps
Determine the
Goal
Defi ne what training success means
Make sure the goal is achievable
Do not set a goal so high that no one can ever reach it
Develop a
training plan
Decide who will conduct the training
Develop a training schedule
Make sure the ldquowho what when where why and howrdquo of training is determined
Plan each step
Determine the exact information and procedures you will be training in each step
Organize the materials yoursquoll need
Determine the order in which the information will be taught
Decide the amount of time necessary for each step
Failing to Plan
Take a moment and think about the consequences of not having planned properly for training Write some of these in the spaces below
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
1818
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 2 TELL
People learn a lot faster if they know what to expect So before getting to the actual ldquotrainingrdquo as well as throughout the training communicate the following to the Learner be sure to paint a picture in the Learnerrsquos mind of where the training will be going
Tell them the job will
be easy to learn
Reassure them if the job is easyIf the job is not easy (ie learning to fl ip eggs for the fi rst time) tell them it will take time but that they will learn with practice
Tell them why itrsquos
important to you
Remember that adults need to understand the ldquowhyrdquo of a task before theyrsquore motivated to learnThe ldquowhyrdquo usually includes maintaining consistency as a restaurant chain and providing excellent quality service and cleanliness
Tell them why itrsquos
important to them
When Team Members know whatrsquos expected they perform better are praised by the manager and receive positive performance reviewsTeamwork will improve because everyone has been taught the same standardsTheir self-confi dence will increase because they know what theyrsquore doing
Tell them about their
job description
Keep the job description handy It spells out the details of the job Use the job description to help you evaluate the Team Memberrsquos performance
Tell them the KEY
points and steps of the
job
Provide a rdquobig picturerdquo overview of why the task is importantExplain the details of the job and what it entailsGive and repeat the critical steps of the jobUse training workbooks recipes and laminates as you explain
Tell them in the
simplest way
Keep it short and to the point People with prior restaurant experience can generally understand information more quickly than someone new to the industryTell them in a two-way discussionEncourage questions If you do not know the answers to questions donrsquot fake it Find outMake sure all questions get answered in a timely manner
TRAINING
OTHERS
1919
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Practice Telling the ldquoBig Picturerdquo
In the space provided below identify what you would tell a Learner to give them the big picture perspective about each of the tasks listed in order to prepare them for learning the task Use the appropriate list based on whether you are a Front or Back-of-House Team Member Hint Make sure you cover the points in the table on the previous page
Task Front-of-House Tasks Back-of-House Tasks1 Using a seating chart Preparing Buttermilk batter2 Proper table set-up Preparing a Steak Omelette3 Proper coff ee service Preparing an Over Easy egg
Task 1 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2020
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 3 SHOW
After you tell the Learner about the task they will be performing the next step is to actually show them how to do it The best way to go about this is to perform the task yourself while the Learner watches Sometimes the ldquoTellrdquo and ldquoShowrdquo steps are done at the same time especially if the task is a simple one like rolling silverware or labeling and dating perishable items for storage
Follow these guidelines when ldquoshowingrdquo a Learner how to perform a task
Show them one step at
a time
Break up tasks into small manageable pieces
Be sure they understand each step before you move onto the next
Show them the
right way
Bad habits are learned Teach the proper way Donrsquot teach shortcuts
Do not assume a task is so simple that you do not need to train it
Show them you
welcome questions
Ask them questions to check how much theyrsquove learned and confi rm they understand
Prompt them to ask questions if they donrsquot ask on their own
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
88
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Now that yoursquove thought about it and discussed it with your Manager review these other possible answers
Training Can
Impact
By
Increases Guest
Satisfaction
A guest that experiences great service and food will be a return customer Training produces Team Members who provide great service and food
Team members that are well trained are confi dent in their ability to satisfy guests This creates greater job satisfaction and less likelihood of leaving for a diff erent job
Increases Sales
A successful training program results in Team Members who consistently provide guests with a memorable dining experience This creates customer loyalty which in turn creates a busier restaurant and increased sales
Reduces Food
Costs
Team members who know the correct recipes garnishes and procedures are less likely to make mistakes Less mistakes means less waste
Reduces Labor
Costs
Eff ective training leads to Team Members who are organized and effi cient This saves time
Eff ectively trained Team Members do their jobs effi ciently resulting in less side work and deep cleaning The side work and deep cleaning will be done more quickly saving labor
Reduces
Turnover
An eff ective training program greatly reduces Team Member frustration when learning a new job Without adequate resources for training Team Members can lose motivation This can lead to higher Team Member turnover
Provides a
Better Work
Environment
Team members who perform their job well are generally happier with their job leading to a more pleasant work environment
Training should focus on the importance of teamwork in the restaurant A group of Team Members who work as a team will always have a good time while at work
TRAINING
OTHERS
99
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Who Should Be the Trainer
Think back to the teachers trainers mentors and authority fi gures that have made an impact in your life What are some of the characteristics that they shared Record at least fi ve characteristics in the spaces below
Characteristic 1 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 2 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 3 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 4 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 5 _______________________________________________
The list below shows the characteristics that most eff ective trainers possess Chances are yoursquove written some of these on your list above
Good communication skills
Plenty of patience
An interest in helping others to learn
Extensive knowledge and experience
Unending enthusiasm
Respect for others respect from their customers and co-workers
Now look at both lists Who else do you know that possesses these characteristics Itrsquos probably you And this is the reason yoursquove been selected to become a Certifi ed Trainer
Even if you donrsquot think you have all of these qualities remember these are skills that can be learned by you Seeking out feedback from your Manager your co-workers Learners and even customers will let you know how yoursquore doing
Someone had enough confidence in your abilities to ask you to be a trainer Have confidence in your own Abilities
1010
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
When Should You Train
Training must be a priority in your restaurant It cannot wait for a convenient time because the fact is there probably wonrsquot be one
Training New Hires
When someone is hired it often means that yoursquore short staff ed The tendency is to skip through the training process and get the person ldquoon-the-jobrdquo as soon as possible This is the worst possible thing you can do
By failing to thoroughly train someone up front not only are you setting them up to fail but you are actually hurting your business because this ldquountrainedrdquo Team Member will make many more mistakes than someone who was properly trained
Taking time to properly train a Team Member up-front will actually save time and money in the long run
If you fail to train up-front you will end up re-training the Team Member later and retraining is much more diffi cult because of the ldquobad habitsrdquo the Team Member has learned and must unlearn In fact studies have shown that it takes up to 13 weeks of focused attention to relearn a task that has been learned incorrectly Save yourself and the Learner the time and energy and train them correctly from the beginning
On-going Training
Your skills wonrsquot be used to train only new hires yoursquoll be assisting your Manager in the following training situations
Experienced Team Members who need to learn something new
Team members with performance problems
Training new operations or products
New Team Members are often the easiest to train as they are excited and motivated to learn their new job However when training in other situations the Learnerrsquos motivation must be evaluated to determine whether training is the appropriate solution Training will only benefi t Team Members if they want to learn
TRAINING
OTHERS
1111
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Teaching Adults
All adults follow a predictable pattern when learning that we refer to as the ldquoStages of Learning Reactionrdquo Review the stages below
Level Also Known As Your Role
Unconscious
Incompetence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is not aware of all the tasks required to be successful on the job
Make the Learner aware of the need
Make Learner aware of opportunity
Make Learner aware of the standards for performance
Conscious
Incompetence
ldquoI know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is aware of all the tasks but does not yet know how to do them
Train
Use the Five Step Training Method (wersquoll cover this later)
Conscious
Competence
ldquoI know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks but cannot do them without supervision
Reassure
Build esteem
Keep standards high
Unconscious
Competence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks and does them successfully without even thinking about it
Follow-up
Keep standards high
The goal is to move each Learner to the fourth stage so that they can perform their jobs well without supervision Recognizing exactly what stage each Learner is in at all times will help you determine how to direct your training eff orts
1212
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Whatrsquos In It For Me (WIIFM)
Itrsquos simply human nature to ask this question The answer to this question is probably very important to your Learners whether it is job satisfaction pay or because they simply like to do the job there must be something ldquoinrdquo it for the Learner
Whether they ask this question directly or not you need to be able to show the ldquovaluerdquo of what the Learner is doing in terms of a perceived ldquobenefi trdquo to the Learner
For example we suggest orange juice to all guests who come into IHOP for breakfast Now obviously this is a suggestive selling technique that benefi ts us by increasing sales However is knowing that enough motivation to the Learner to encourage them to suggest juice to each and every guest
Maybe it is and maybe it isnrsquot but if you were to explain the importance of suggesting juice in terms of how it will benefi t the Learner (ie higher check average which leads to a larger tip) the Learner is more likely to perform that action
ALWAYS GIVE THE LEARNER THE WIIFM
Common Blocks to Learning
Most Learners will be very motivated to learn However some will have doubts fears anxieties and insecurities about their abilities Some Learners may even have some serious blocks that hamper their ability or desire to learn The following table shows some common blocks to learning experience by Learners and the suggested approaches the Certifi ed Trainer can take overcome them
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF THE
UNKNOWN
ldquoWhat have I gotten myself intordquo
ldquoI wonder what theyrsquore going to do to merdquo
ldquoI hope everyonersquos nice hererdquo
Explain how the training program will progress
Explain the dayrsquos training objectives at the start of every shift
Explain the next dayrsquos training plan at the end of every shift
FEAR OF LOOKING
FOOLISH
ldquoI look like an idiot (carrying plates fl ipping eggs)rdquo
ldquoEveryone else can do it so much better than I canrdquo
ldquoI donrsquot want anyone to see that I just messed this uprdquo
Explain that everyone theyrsquore working with went through the same process
Reinforce that no one expects them to be perfect during training
Tell them that theyrsquoll look like an experienced ServerHostCook in no time
Emphasize that yoursquore there to help them not judge or criticize them
TRAINING
OTHERS
1313
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF FAILURE
ldquoLook at this menu therersquos so much to learnrdquo
ldquoIrsquom never going to be able to do thisrdquo
ldquoI know Irsquom going to forget everything I just learned when Irsquom with a customerduring a rushrdquo
Clarify that the training program is self-paced so they can move at a speed theyrsquore comfortable with
Explain that their feelings are normal
Reinforce and praise all the things they learn in the beginning of training even the small stuff
FEAR OF CHANGE
ldquoThis is a waste of time I already know this jobrdquo
ldquoI know a better way to do itrdquo
ldquoI prefer to do it my wayrdquo
Tell them there are many ways to do the same thing correctly yoursquore going to show them IHOPrsquos way
Reinforce why yoursquore asking them to do what you teach
Listen Sometimes Learners have a good idea
APATHY
ldquoI just donrsquot carerdquo
ldquoBORINGrdquo
ldquoIrsquoll sit here if I have to but you canrsquot make me listenrdquo
Ask the Learner what you can do to make the training valuable for them
If the problem continues ask a manager for help
1414
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Learning Styles
Adults generally learn new tasks through one of four learning styles seeing listening readingwriting and doing Some people learn through one style better than through another but most people use all or a combination of all four styles Consider the following example
Imagine you are learning to bowl for the fi rst time Which of the following represents the question that most closely describes the method of learning that most appeals to you Circle your choice
I would like to watch other people who are good bowlers and try to imitate their movements (Seeing)
I would like to have someone who knows how to bowl tell me what I should do (Listening)
I would like to read a bowling instruction manual (Readingwriting)
I would just like to jump in and do it fi guring it out as I go along (Doing)
1
2
3
4
From the self-assessment you took at the beginning of the Training Others module you already know what learning style works best for you But imagine how frustrating it must be for a Learner who probably isnrsquot even aware of which style works best for them when a Certifi ed Trainer uses the completely wrong style Consider giving this the self-assessment to each new Learner to help you deliver training using the style that works best for each
TRAINING
OTHERS
1515
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Here is a quick breakdown of the attributes associated with each learning style
Learning
Style
Preferred
SenseMotto How they learn best
SEEING Sight Seeing is believing
Learns best by observing others
Thinks about what was seen and then acts
Enjoys watching videotapes and by watching others to clarify their own understanding
LISTENING Sound I hear what yoursquore saying
Learns best by hearing others explain things
Thinks about what was heard and then acts
Enjoys learning from audio and videotapes and by discussing things with others to clarify their understanding
READING
WRITINGSight Can I see that
in writing
Learns best by reading written materials
Takes a lot of notes
Enjoys reading manuals and workbooks Must check their own understanding against written instructions
DOING Touch Just let me do it
Learns best by actually doing things
Uses ldquogutrdquo feelings and intuition
Enjoys learning by trial and error and by practicing to clarify their understanding
Because most people learn best using a combination of these four learning styles a successful training program uses all four styles in varying degrees
1616
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The Five-Step Training Method
To be provide eff ective on-the-job training you must follow a proven training method At IHOP we use the Five-Step Method of Training for all training situations including new-hire training training existing Team Members on new procedures or for retraining existing Team Members who are not performing according to standards We will look at each of the following fi ve steps in detail in this section
Plan
Tell
Show
Do
Review
Planning is essential for training to be successful Unfortunately this step is often overlooked Some trainers believe that simply by having the new Learner work alongside others they will automatically learn the job However it takes more training than that
It often takes longer to complete your daily routine if yoursquore training at the same time You and your managers will need to plan for this Make sure therersquos enough time to train someone correctly It will be worth it in the long run A well trained Team Member is an eff ective and effi cient Team Member
Proper planning includes determining the following training ldquobasicsrdquo At the very least you should know the answers to all of these questions before you begin training
Who are you training
What are you training
What do they already know
When are you training
Why is the training taking place
How long do you have to train
What is the expected outcome
Are there any barriers to training (ie language)
TRAINING
OTHERS
1717
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 1 PLAN
Making a Plan
When planning for training follow these steps
Determine the
Goal
Defi ne what training success means
Make sure the goal is achievable
Do not set a goal so high that no one can ever reach it
Develop a
training plan
Decide who will conduct the training
Develop a training schedule
Make sure the ldquowho what when where why and howrdquo of training is determined
Plan each step
Determine the exact information and procedures you will be training in each step
Organize the materials yoursquoll need
Determine the order in which the information will be taught
Decide the amount of time necessary for each step
Failing to Plan
Take a moment and think about the consequences of not having planned properly for training Write some of these in the spaces below
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
1818
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 2 TELL
People learn a lot faster if they know what to expect So before getting to the actual ldquotrainingrdquo as well as throughout the training communicate the following to the Learner be sure to paint a picture in the Learnerrsquos mind of where the training will be going
Tell them the job will
be easy to learn
Reassure them if the job is easyIf the job is not easy (ie learning to fl ip eggs for the fi rst time) tell them it will take time but that they will learn with practice
Tell them why itrsquos
important to you
Remember that adults need to understand the ldquowhyrdquo of a task before theyrsquore motivated to learnThe ldquowhyrdquo usually includes maintaining consistency as a restaurant chain and providing excellent quality service and cleanliness
Tell them why itrsquos
important to them
When Team Members know whatrsquos expected they perform better are praised by the manager and receive positive performance reviewsTeamwork will improve because everyone has been taught the same standardsTheir self-confi dence will increase because they know what theyrsquore doing
Tell them about their
job description
Keep the job description handy It spells out the details of the job Use the job description to help you evaluate the Team Memberrsquos performance
Tell them the KEY
points and steps of the
job
Provide a rdquobig picturerdquo overview of why the task is importantExplain the details of the job and what it entailsGive and repeat the critical steps of the jobUse training workbooks recipes and laminates as you explain
Tell them in the
simplest way
Keep it short and to the point People with prior restaurant experience can generally understand information more quickly than someone new to the industryTell them in a two-way discussionEncourage questions If you do not know the answers to questions donrsquot fake it Find outMake sure all questions get answered in a timely manner
TRAINING
OTHERS
1919
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Practice Telling the ldquoBig Picturerdquo
In the space provided below identify what you would tell a Learner to give them the big picture perspective about each of the tasks listed in order to prepare them for learning the task Use the appropriate list based on whether you are a Front or Back-of-House Team Member Hint Make sure you cover the points in the table on the previous page
Task Front-of-House Tasks Back-of-House Tasks1 Using a seating chart Preparing Buttermilk batter2 Proper table set-up Preparing a Steak Omelette3 Proper coff ee service Preparing an Over Easy egg
Task 1 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2020
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 3 SHOW
After you tell the Learner about the task they will be performing the next step is to actually show them how to do it The best way to go about this is to perform the task yourself while the Learner watches Sometimes the ldquoTellrdquo and ldquoShowrdquo steps are done at the same time especially if the task is a simple one like rolling silverware or labeling and dating perishable items for storage
Follow these guidelines when ldquoshowingrdquo a Learner how to perform a task
Show them one step at
a time
Break up tasks into small manageable pieces
Be sure they understand each step before you move onto the next
Show them the
right way
Bad habits are learned Teach the proper way Donrsquot teach shortcuts
Do not assume a task is so simple that you do not need to train it
Show them you
welcome questions
Ask them questions to check how much theyrsquove learned and confi rm they understand
Prompt them to ask questions if they donrsquot ask on their own
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
99
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Who Should Be the Trainer
Think back to the teachers trainers mentors and authority fi gures that have made an impact in your life What are some of the characteristics that they shared Record at least fi ve characteristics in the spaces below
Characteristic 1 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 2 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 3 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 4 _______________________________________________
Characteristic 5 _______________________________________________
The list below shows the characteristics that most eff ective trainers possess Chances are yoursquove written some of these on your list above
Good communication skills
Plenty of patience
An interest in helping others to learn
Extensive knowledge and experience
Unending enthusiasm
Respect for others respect from their customers and co-workers
Now look at both lists Who else do you know that possesses these characteristics Itrsquos probably you And this is the reason yoursquove been selected to become a Certifi ed Trainer
Even if you donrsquot think you have all of these qualities remember these are skills that can be learned by you Seeking out feedback from your Manager your co-workers Learners and even customers will let you know how yoursquore doing
Someone had enough confidence in your abilities to ask you to be a trainer Have confidence in your own Abilities
1010
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
When Should You Train
Training must be a priority in your restaurant It cannot wait for a convenient time because the fact is there probably wonrsquot be one
Training New Hires
When someone is hired it often means that yoursquore short staff ed The tendency is to skip through the training process and get the person ldquoon-the-jobrdquo as soon as possible This is the worst possible thing you can do
By failing to thoroughly train someone up front not only are you setting them up to fail but you are actually hurting your business because this ldquountrainedrdquo Team Member will make many more mistakes than someone who was properly trained
Taking time to properly train a Team Member up-front will actually save time and money in the long run
If you fail to train up-front you will end up re-training the Team Member later and retraining is much more diffi cult because of the ldquobad habitsrdquo the Team Member has learned and must unlearn In fact studies have shown that it takes up to 13 weeks of focused attention to relearn a task that has been learned incorrectly Save yourself and the Learner the time and energy and train them correctly from the beginning
On-going Training
Your skills wonrsquot be used to train only new hires yoursquoll be assisting your Manager in the following training situations
Experienced Team Members who need to learn something new
Team members with performance problems
Training new operations or products
New Team Members are often the easiest to train as they are excited and motivated to learn their new job However when training in other situations the Learnerrsquos motivation must be evaluated to determine whether training is the appropriate solution Training will only benefi t Team Members if they want to learn
TRAINING
OTHERS
1111
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Teaching Adults
All adults follow a predictable pattern when learning that we refer to as the ldquoStages of Learning Reactionrdquo Review the stages below
Level Also Known As Your Role
Unconscious
Incompetence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is not aware of all the tasks required to be successful on the job
Make the Learner aware of the need
Make Learner aware of opportunity
Make Learner aware of the standards for performance
Conscious
Incompetence
ldquoI know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is aware of all the tasks but does not yet know how to do them
Train
Use the Five Step Training Method (wersquoll cover this later)
Conscious
Competence
ldquoI know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks but cannot do them without supervision
Reassure
Build esteem
Keep standards high
Unconscious
Competence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks and does them successfully without even thinking about it
Follow-up
Keep standards high
The goal is to move each Learner to the fourth stage so that they can perform their jobs well without supervision Recognizing exactly what stage each Learner is in at all times will help you determine how to direct your training eff orts
1212
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Whatrsquos In It For Me (WIIFM)
Itrsquos simply human nature to ask this question The answer to this question is probably very important to your Learners whether it is job satisfaction pay or because they simply like to do the job there must be something ldquoinrdquo it for the Learner
Whether they ask this question directly or not you need to be able to show the ldquovaluerdquo of what the Learner is doing in terms of a perceived ldquobenefi trdquo to the Learner
For example we suggest orange juice to all guests who come into IHOP for breakfast Now obviously this is a suggestive selling technique that benefi ts us by increasing sales However is knowing that enough motivation to the Learner to encourage them to suggest juice to each and every guest
Maybe it is and maybe it isnrsquot but if you were to explain the importance of suggesting juice in terms of how it will benefi t the Learner (ie higher check average which leads to a larger tip) the Learner is more likely to perform that action
ALWAYS GIVE THE LEARNER THE WIIFM
Common Blocks to Learning
Most Learners will be very motivated to learn However some will have doubts fears anxieties and insecurities about their abilities Some Learners may even have some serious blocks that hamper their ability or desire to learn The following table shows some common blocks to learning experience by Learners and the suggested approaches the Certifi ed Trainer can take overcome them
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF THE
UNKNOWN
ldquoWhat have I gotten myself intordquo
ldquoI wonder what theyrsquore going to do to merdquo
ldquoI hope everyonersquos nice hererdquo
Explain how the training program will progress
Explain the dayrsquos training objectives at the start of every shift
Explain the next dayrsquos training plan at the end of every shift
FEAR OF LOOKING
FOOLISH
ldquoI look like an idiot (carrying plates fl ipping eggs)rdquo
ldquoEveryone else can do it so much better than I canrdquo
ldquoI donrsquot want anyone to see that I just messed this uprdquo
Explain that everyone theyrsquore working with went through the same process
Reinforce that no one expects them to be perfect during training
Tell them that theyrsquoll look like an experienced ServerHostCook in no time
Emphasize that yoursquore there to help them not judge or criticize them
TRAINING
OTHERS
1313
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF FAILURE
ldquoLook at this menu therersquos so much to learnrdquo
ldquoIrsquom never going to be able to do thisrdquo
ldquoI know Irsquom going to forget everything I just learned when Irsquom with a customerduring a rushrdquo
Clarify that the training program is self-paced so they can move at a speed theyrsquore comfortable with
Explain that their feelings are normal
Reinforce and praise all the things they learn in the beginning of training even the small stuff
FEAR OF CHANGE
ldquoThis is a waste of time I already know this jobrdquo
ldquoI know a better way to do itrdquo
ldquoI prefer to do it my wayrdquo
Tell them there are many ways to do the same thing correctly yoursquore going to show them IHOPrsquos way
Reinforce why yoursquore asking them to do what you teach
Listen Sometimes Learners have a good idea
APATHY
ldquoI just donrsquot carerdquo
ldquoBORINGrdquo
ldquoIrsquoll sit here if I have to but you canrsquot make me listenrdquo
Ask the Learner what you can do to make the training valuable for them
If the problem continues ask a manager for help
1414
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Learning Styles
Adults generally learn new tasks through one of four learning styles seeing listening readingwriting and doing Some people learn through one style better than through another but most people use all or a combination of all four styles Consider the following example
Imagine you are learning to bowl for the fi rst time Which of the following represents the question that most closely describes the method of learning that most appeals to you Circle your choice
I would like to watch other people who are good bowlers and try to imitate their movements (Seeing)
I would like to have someone who knows how to bowl tell me what I should do (Listening)
I would like to read a bowling instruction manual (Readingwriting)
I would just like to jump in and do it fi guring it out as I go along (Doing)
1
2
3
4
From the self-assessment you took at the beginning of the Training Others module you already know what learning style works best for you But imagine how frustrating it must be for a Learner who probably isnrsquot even aware of which style works best for them when a Certifi ed Trainer uses the completely wrong style Consider giving this the self-assessment to each new Learner to help you deliver training using the style that works best for each
TRAINING
OTHERS
1515
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Here is a quick breakdown of the attributes associated with each learning style
Learning
Style
Preferred
SenseMotto How they learn best
SEEING Sight Seeing is believing
Learns best by observing others
Thinks about what was seen and then acts
Enjoys watching videotapes and by watching others to clarify their own understanding
LISTENING Sound I hear what yoursquore saying
Learns best by hearing others explain things
Thinks about what was heard and then acts
Enjoys learning from audio and videotapes and by discussing things with others to clarify their understanding
READING
WRITINGSight Can I see that
in writing
Learns best by reading written materials
Takes a lot of notes
Enjoys reading manuals and workbooks Must check their own understanding against written instructions
DOING Touch Just let me do it
Learns best by actually doing things
Uses ldquogutrdquo feelings and intuition
Enjoys learning by trial and error and by practicing to clarify their understanding
Because most people learn best using a combination of these four learning styles a successful training program uses all four styles in varying degrees
1616
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The Five-Step Training Method
To be provide eff ective on-the-job training you must follow a proven training method At IHOP we use the Five-Step Method of Training for all training situations including new-hire training training existing Team Members on new procedures or for retraining existing Team Members who are not performing according to standards We will look at each of the following fi ve steps in detail in this section
Plan
Tell
Show
Do
Review
Planning is essential for training to be successful Unfortunately this step is often overlooked Some trainers believe that simply by having the new Learner work alongside others they will automatically learn the job However it takes more training than that
It often takes longer to complete your daily routine if yoursquore training at the same time You and your managers will need to plan for this Make sure therersquos enough time to train someone correctly It will be worth it in the long run A well trained Team Member is an eff ective and effi cient Team Member
Proper planning includes determining the following training ldquobasicsrdquo At the very least you should know the answers to all of these questions before you begin training
Who are you training
What are you training
What do they already know
When are you training
Why is the training taking place
How long do you have to train
What is the expected outcome
Are there any barriers to training (ie language)
TRAINING
OTHERS
1717
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 1 PLAN
Making a Plan
When planning for training follow these steps
Determine the
Goal
Defi ne what training success means
Make sure the goal is achievable
Do not set a goal so high that no one can ever reach it
Develop a
training plan
Decide who will conduct the training
Develop a training schedule
Make sure the ldquowho what when where why and howrdquo of training is determined
Plan each step
Determine the exact information and procedures you will be training in each step
Organize the materials yoursquoll need
Determine the order in which the information will be taught
Decide the amount of time necessary for each step
Failing to Plan
Take a moment and think about the consequences of not having planned properly for training Write some of these in the spaces below
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
1818
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 2 TELL
People learn a lot faster if they know what to expect So before getting to the actual ldquotrainingrdquo as well as throughout the training communicate the following to the Learner be sure to paint a picture in the Learnerrsquos mind of where the training will be going
Tell them the job will
be easy to learn
Reassure them if the job is easyIf the job is not easy (ie learning to fl ip eggs for the fi rst time) tell them it will take time but that they will learn with practice
Tell them why itrsquos
important to you
Remember that adults need to understand the ldquowhyrdquo of a task before theyrsquore motivated to learnThe ldquowhyrdquo usually includes maintaining consistency as a restaurant chain and providing excellent quality service and cleanliness
Tell them why itrsquos
important to them
When Team Members know whatrsquos expected they perform better are praised by the manager and receive positive performance reviewsTeamwork will improve because everyone has been taught the same standardsTheir self-confi dence will increase because they know what theyrsquore doing
Tell them about their
job description
Keep the job description handy It spells out the details of the job Use the job description to help you evaluate the Team Memberrsquos performance
Tell them the KEY
points and steps of the
job
Provide a rdquobig picturerdquo overview of why the task is importantExplain the details of the job and what it entailsGive and repeat the critical steps of the jobUse training workbooks recipes and laminates as you explain
Tell them in the
simplest way
Keep it short and to the point People with prior restaurant experience can generally understand information more quickly than someone new to the industryTell them in a two-way discussionEncourage questions If you do not know the answers to questions donrsquot fake it Find outMake sure all questions get answered in a timely manner
TRAINING
OTHERS
1919
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Practice Telling the ldquoBig Picturerdquo
In the space provided below identify what you would tell a Learner to give them the big picture perspective about each of the tasks listed in order to prepare them for learning the task Use the appropriate list based on whether you are a Front or Back-of-House Team Member Hint Make sure you cover the points in the table on the previous page
Task Front-of-House Tasks Back-of-House Tasks1 Using a seating chart Preparing Buttermilk batter2 Proper table set-up Preparing a Steak Omelette3 Proper coff ee service Preparing an Over Easy egg
Task 1 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2020
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 3 SHOW
After you tell the Learner about the task they will be performing the next step is to actually show them how to do it The best way to go about this is to perform the task yourself while the Learner watches Sometimes the ldquoTellrdquo and ldquoShowrdquo steps are done at the same time especially if the task is a simple one like rolling silverware or labeling and dating perishable items for storage
Follow these guidelines when ldquoshowingrdquo a Learner how to perform a task
Show them one step at
a time
Break up tasks into small manageable pieces
Be sure they understand each step before you move onto the next
Show them the
right way
Bad habits are learned Teach the proper way Donrsquot teach shortcuts
Do not assume a task is so simple that you do not need to train it
Show them you
welcome questions
Ask them questions to check how much theyrsquove learned and confi rm they understand
Prompt them to ask questions if they donrsquot ask on their own
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
1010
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
When Should You Train
Training must be a priority in your restaurant It cannot wait for a convenient time because the fact is there probably wonrsquot be one
Training New Hires
When someone is hired it often means that yoursquore short staff ed The tendency is to skip through the training process and get the person ldquoon-the-jobrdquo as soon as possible This is the worst possible thing you can do
By failing to thoroughly train someone up front not only are you setting them up to fail but you are actually hurting your business because this ldquountrainedrdquo Team Member will make many more mistakes than someone who was properly trained
Taking time to properly train a Team Member up-front will actually save time and money in the long run
If you fail to train up-front you will end up re-training the Team Member later and retraining is much more diffi cult because of the ldquobad habitsrdquo the Team Member has learned and must unlearn In fact studies have shown that it takes up to 13 weeks of focused attention to relearn a task that has been learned incorrectly Save yourself and the Learner the time and energy and train them correctly from the beginning
On-going Training
Your skills wonrsquot be used to train only new hires yoursquoll be assisting your Manager in the following training situations
Experienced Team Members who need to learn something new
Team members with performance problems
Training new operations or products
New Team Members are often the easiest to train as they are excited and motivated to learn their new job However when training in other situations the Learnerrsquos motivation must be evaluated to determine whether training is the appropriate solution Training will only benefi t Team Members if they want to learn
TRAINING
OTHERS
1111
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Teaching Adults
All adults follow a predictable pattern when learning that we refer to as the ldquoStages of Learning Reactionrdquo Review the stages below
Level Also Known As Your Role
Unconscious
Incompetence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is not aware of all the tasks required to be successful on the job
Make the Learner aware of the need
Make Learner aware of opportunity
Make Learner aware of the standards for performance
Conscious
Incompetence
ldquoI know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is aware of all the tasks but does not yet know how to do them
Train
Use the Five Step Training Method (wersquoll cover this later)
Conscious
Competence
ldquoI know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks but cannot do them without supervision
Reassure
Build esteem
Keep standards high
Unconscious
Competence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks and does them successfully without even thinking about it
Follow-up
Keep standards high
The goal is to move each Learner to the fourth stage so that they can perform their jobs well without supervision Recognizing exactly what stage each Learner is in at all times will help you determine how to direct your training eff orts
1212
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Whatrsquos In It For Me (WIIFM)
Itrsquos simply human nature to ask this question The answer to this question is probably very important to your Learners whether it is job satisfaction pay or because they simply like to do the job there must be something ldquoinrdquo it for the Learner
Whether they ask this question directly or not you need to be able to show the ldquovaluerdquo of what the Learner is doing in terms of a perceived ldquobenefi trdquo to the Learner
For example we suggest orange juice to all guests who come into IHOP for breakfast Now obviously this is a suggestive selling technique that benefi ts us by increasing sales However is knowing that enough motivation to the Learner to encourage them to suggest juice to each and every guest
Maybe it is and maybe it isnrsquot but if you were to explain the importance of suggesting juice in terms of how it will benefi t the Learner (ie higher check average which leads to a larger tip) the Learner is more likely to perform that action
ALWAYS GIVE THE LEARNER THE WIIFM
Common Blocks to Learning
Most Learners will be very motivated to learn However some will have doubts fears anxieties and insecurities about their abilities Some Learners may even have some serious blocks that hamper their ability or desire to learn The following table shows some common blocks to learning experience by Learners and the suggested approaches the Certifi ed Trainer can take overcome them
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF THE
UNKNOWN
ldquoWhat have I gotten myself intordquo
ldquoI wonder what theyrsquore going to do to merdquo
ldquoI hope everyonersquos nice hererdquo
Explain how the training program will progress
Explain the dayrsquos training objectives at the start of every shift
Explain the next dayrsquos training plan at the end of every shift
FEAR OF LOOKING
FOOLISH
ldquoI look like an idiot (carrying plates fl ipping eggs)rdquo
ldquoEveryone else can do it so much better than I canrdquo
ldquoI donrsquot want anyone to see that I just messed this uprdquo
Explain that everyone theyrsquore working with went through the same process
Reinforce that no one expects them to be perfect during training
Tell them that theyrsquoll look like an experienced ServerHostCook in no time
Emphasize that yoursquore there to help them not judge or criticize them
TRAINING
OTHERS
1313
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF FAILURE
ldquoLook at this menu therersquos so much to learnrdquo
ldquoIrsquom never going to be able to do thisrdquo
ldquoI know Irsquom going to forget everything I just learned when Irsquom with a customerduring a rushrdquo
Clarify that the training program is self-paced so they can move at a speed theyrsquore comfortable with
Explain that their feelings are normal
Reinforce and praise all the things they learn in the beginning of training even the small stuff
FEAR OF CHANGE
ldquoThis is a waste of time I already know this jobrdquo
ldquoI know a better way to do itrdquo
ldquoI prefer to do it my wayrdquo
Tell them there are many ways to do the same thing correctly yoursquore going to show them IHOPrsquos way
Reinforce why yoursquore asking them to do what you teach
Listen Sometimes Learners have a good idea
APATHY
ldquoI just donrsquot carerdquo
ldquoBORINGrdquo
ldquoIrsquoll sit here if I have to but you canrsquot make me listenrdquo
Ask the Learner what you can do to make the training valuable for them
If the problem continues ask a manager for help
1414
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Learning Styles
Adults generally learn new tasks through one of four learning styles seeing listening readingwriting and doing Some people learn through one style better than through another but most people use all or a combination of all four styles Consider the following example
Imagine you are learning to bowl for the fi rst time Which of the following represents the question that most closely describes the method of learning that most appeals to you Circle your choice
I would like to watch other people who are good bowlers and try to imitate their movements (Seeing)
I would like to have someone who knows how to bowl tell me what I should do (Listening)
I would like to read a bowling instruction manual (Readingwriting)
I would just like to jump in and do it fi guring it out as I go along (Doing)
1
2
3
4
From the self-assessment you took at the beginning of the Training Others module you already know what learning style works best for you But imagine how frustrating it must be for a Learner who probably isnrsquot even aware of which style works best for them when a Certifi ed Trainer uses the completely wrong style Consider giving this the self-assessment to each new Learner to help you deliver training using the style that works best for each
TRAINING
OTHERS
1515
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Here is a quick breakdown of the attributes associated with each learning style
Learning
Style
Preferred
SenseMotto How they learn best
SEEING Sight Seeing is believing
Learns best by observing others
Thinks about what was seen and then acts
Enjoys watching videotapes and by watching others to clarify their own understanding
LISTENING Sound I hear what yoursquore saying
Learns best by hearing others explain things
Thinks about what was heard and then acts
Enjoys learning from audio and videotapes and by discussing things with others to clarify their understanding
READING
WRITINGSight Can I see that
in writing
Learns best by reading written materials
Takes a lot of notes
Enjoys reading manuals and workbooks Must check their own understanding against written instructions
DOING Touch Just let me do it
Learns best by actually doing things
Uses ldquogutrdquo feelings and intuition
Enjoys learning by trial and error and by practicing to clarify their understanding
Because most people learn best using a combination of these four learning styles a successful training program uses all four styles in varying degrees
1616
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The Five-Step Training Method
To be provide eff ective on-the-job training you must follow a proven training method At IHOP we use the Five-Step Method of Training for all training situations including new-hire training training existing Team Members on new procedures or for retraining existing Team Members who are not performing according to standards We will look at each of the following fi ve steps in detail in this section
Plan
Tell
Show
Do
Review
Planning is essential for training to be successful Unfortunately this step is often overlooked Some trainers believe that simply by having the new Learner work alongside others they will automatically learn the job However it takes more training than that
It often takes longer to complete your daily routine if yoursquore training at the same time You and your managers will need to plan for this Make sure therersquos enough time to train someone correctly It will be worth it in the long run A well trained Team Member is an eff ective and effi cient Team Member
Proper planning includes determining the following training ldquobasicsrdquo At the very least you should know the answers to all of these questions before you begin training
Who are you training
What are you training
What do they already know
When are you training
Why is the training taking place
How long do you have to train
What is the expected outcome
Are there any barriers to training (ie language)
TRAINING
OTHERS
1717
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 1 PLAN
Making a Plan
When planning for training follow these steps
Determine the
Goal
Defi ne what training success means
Make sure the goal is achievable
Do not set a goal so high that no one can ever reach it
Develop a
training plan
Decide who will conduct the training
Develop a training schedule
Make sure the ldquowho what when where why and howrdquo of training is determined
Plan each step
Determine the exact information and procedures you will be training in each step
Organize the materials yoursquoll need
Determine the order in which the information will be taught
Decide the amount of time necessary for each step
Failing to Plan
Take a moment and think about the consequences of not having planned properly for training Write some of these in the spaces below
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
1818
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 2 TELL
People learn a lot faster if they know what to expect So before getting to the actual ldquotrainingrdquo as well as throughout the training communicate the following to the Learner be sure to paint a picture in the Learnerrsquos mind of where the training will be going
Tell them the job will
be easy to learn
Reassure them if the job is easyIf the job is not easy (ie learning to fl ip eggs for the fi rst time) tell them it will take time but that they will learn with practice
Tell them why itrsquos
important to you
Remember that adults need to understand the ldquowhyrdquo of a task before theyrsquore motivated to learnThe ldquowhyrdquo usually includes maintaining consistency as a restaurant chain and providing excellent quality service and cleanliness
Tell them why itrsquos
important to them
When Team Members know whatrsquos expected they perform better are praised by the manager and receive positive performance reviewsTeamwork will improve because everyone has been taught the same standardsTheir self-confi dence will increase because they know what theyrsquore doing
Tell them about their
job description
Keep the job description handy It spells out the details of the job Use the job description to help you evaluate the Team Memberrsquos performance
Tell them the KEY
points and steps of the
job
Provide a rdquobig picturerdquo overview of why the task is importantExplain the details of the job and what it entailsGive and repeat the critical steps of the jobUse training workbooks recipes and laminates as you explain
Tell them in the
simplest way
Keep it short and to the point People with prior restaurant experience can generally understand information more quickly than someone new to the industryTell them in a two-way discussionEncourage questions If you do not know the answers to questions donrsquot fake it Find outMake sure all questions get answered in a timely manner
TRAINING
OTHERS
1919
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Practice Telling the ldquoBig Picturerdquo
In the space provided below identify what you would tell a Learner to give them the big picture perspective about each of the tasks listed in order to prepare them for learning the task Use the appropriate list based on whether you are a Front or Back-of-House Team Member Hint Make sure you cover the points in the table on the previous page
Task Front-of-House Tasks Back-of-House Tasks1 Using a seating chart Preparing Buttermilk batter2 Proper table set-up Preparing a Steak Omelette3 Proper coff ee service Preparing an Over Easy egg
Task 1 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2020
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 3 SHOW
After you tell the Learner about the task they will be performing the next step is to actually show them how to do it The best way to go about this is to perform the task yourself while the Learner watches Sometimes the ldquoTellrdquo and ldquoShowrdquo steps are done at the same time especially if the task is a simple one like rolling silverware or labeling and dating perishable items for storage
Follow these guidelines when ldquoshowingrdquo a Learner how to perform a task
Show them one step at
a time
Break up tasks into small manageable pieces
Be sure they understand each step before you move onto the next
Show them the
right way
Bad habits are learned Teach the proper way Donrsquot teach shortcuts
Do not assume a task is so simple that you do not need to train it
Show them you
welcome questions
Ask them questions to check how much theyrsquove learned and confi rm they understand
Prompt them to ask questions if they donrsquot ask on their own
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
1111
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Teaching Adults
All adults follow a predictable pattern when learning that we refer to as the ldquoStages of Learning Reactionrdquo Review the stages below
Level Also Known As Your Role
Unconscious
Incompetence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is not aware of all the tasks required to be successful on the job
Make the Learner aware of the need
Make Learner aware of opportunity
Make Learner aware of the standards for performance
Conscious
Incompetence
ldquoI know that I donrsquot knowrdquo
The Learner is aware of all the tasks but does not yet know how to do them
Train
Use the Five Step Training Method (wersquoll cover this later)
Conscious
Competence
ldquoI know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks but cannot do them without supervision
Reassure
Build esteem
Keep standards high
Unconscious
Competence
ldquoI donrsquot know that I knowrdquo
The Learner knows how to do the tasks and does them successfully without even thinking about it
Follow-up
Keep standards high
The goal is to move each Learner to the fourth stage so that they can perform their jobs well without supervision Recognizing exactly what stage each Learner is in at all times will help you determine how to direct your training eff orts
1212
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Whatrsquos In It For Me (WIIFM)
Itrsquos simply human nature to ask this question The answer to this question is probably very important to your Learners whether it is job satisfaction pay or because they simply like to do the job there must be something ldquoinrdquo it for the Learner
Whether they ask this question directly or not you need to be able to show the ldquovaluerdquo of what the Learner is doing in terms of a perceived ldquobenefi trdquo to the Learner
For example we suggest orange juice to all guests who come into IHOP for breakfast Now obviously this is a suggestive selling technique that benefi ts us by increasing sales However is knowing that enough motivation to the Learner to encourage them to suggest juice to each and every guest
Maybe it is and maybe it isnrsquot but if you were to explain the importance of suggesting juice in terms of how it will benefi t the Learner (ie higher check average which leads to a larger tip) the Learner is more likely to perform that action
ALWAYS GIVE THE LEARNER THE WIIFM
Common Blocks to Learning
Most Learners will be very motivated to learn However some will have doubts fears anxieties and insecurities about their abilities Some Learners may even have some serious blocks that hamper their ability or desire to learn The following table shows some common blocks to learning experience by Learners and the suggested approaches the Certifi ed Trainer can take overcome them
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF THE
UNKNOWN
ldquoWhat have I gotten myself intordquo
ldquoI wonder what theyrsquore going to do to merdquo
ldquoI hope everyonersquos nice hererdquo
Explain how the training program will progress
Explain the dayrsquos training objectives at the start of every shift
Explain the next dayrsquos training plan at the end of every shift
FEAR OF LOOKING
FOOLISH
ldquoI look like an idiot (carrying plates fl ipping eggs)rdquo
ldquoEveryone else can do it so much better than I canrdquo
ldquoI donrsquot want anyone to see that I just messed this uprdquo
Explain that everyone theyrsquore working with went through the same process
Reinforce that no one expects them to be perfect during training
Tell them that theyrsquoll look like an experienced ServerHostCook in no time
Emphasize that yoursquore there to help them not judge or criticize them
TRAINING
OTHERS
1313
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF FAILURE
ldquoLook at this menu therersquos so much to learnrdquo
ldquoIrsquom never going to be able to do thisrdquo
ldquoI know Irsquom going to forget everything I just learned when Irsquom with a customerduring a rushrdquo
Clarify that the training program is self-paced so they can move at a speed theyrsquore comfortable with
Explain that their feelings are normal
Reinforce and praise all the things they learn in the beginning of training even the small stuff
FEAR OF CHANGE
ldquoThis is a waste of time I already know this jobrdquo
ldquoI know a better way to do itrdquo
ldquoI prefer to do it my wayrdquo
Tell them there are many ways to do the same thing correctly yoursquore going to show them IHOPrsquos way
Reinforce why yoursquore asking them to do what you teach
Listen Sometimes Learners have a good idea
APATHY
ldquoI just donrsquot carerdquo
ldquoBORINGrdquo
ldquoIrsquoll sit here if I have to but you canrsquot make me listenrdquo
Ask the Learner what you can do to make the training valuable for them
If the problem continues ask a manager for help
1414
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Learning Styles
Adults generally learn new tasks through one of four learning styles seeing listening readingwriting and doing Some people learn through one style better than through another but most people use all or a combination of all four styles Consider the following example
Imagine you are learning to bowl for the fi rst time Which of the following represents the question that most closely describes the method of learning that most appeals to you Circle your choice
I would like to watch other people who are good bowlers and try to imitate their movements (Seeing)
I would like to have someone who knows how to bowl tell me what I should do (Listening)
I would like to read a bowling instruction manual (Readingwriting)
I would just like to jump in and do it fi guring it out as I go along (Doing)
1
2
3
4
From the self-assessment you took at the beginning of the Training Others module you already know what learning style works best for you But imagine how frustrating it must be for a Learner who probably isnrsquot even aware of which style works best for them when a Certifi ed Trainer uses the completely wrong style Consider giving this the self-assessment to each new Learner to help you deliver training using the style that works best for each
TRAINING
OTHERS
1515
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Here is a quick breakdown of the attributes associated with each learning style
Learning
Style
Preferred
SenseMotto How they learn best
SEEING Sight Seeing is believing
Learns best by observing others
Thinks about what was seen and then acts
Enjoys watching videotapes and by watching others to clarify their own understanding
LISTENING Sound I hear what yoursquore saying
Learns best by hearing others explain things
Thinks about what was heard and then acts
Enjoys learning from audio and videotapes and by discussing things with others to clarify their understanding
READING
WRITINGSight Can I see that
in writing
Learns best by reading written materials
Takes a lot of notes
Enjoys reading manuals and workbooks Must check their own understanding against written instructions
DOING Touch Just let me do it
Learns best by actually doing things
Uses ldquogutrdquo feelings and intuition
Enjoys learning by trial and error and by practicing to clarify their understanding
Because most people learn best using a combination of these four learning styles a successful training program uses all four styles in varying degrees
1616
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The Five-Step Training Method
To be provide eff ective on-the-job training you must follow a proven training method At IHOP we use the Five-Step Method of Training for all training situations including new-hire training training existing Team Members on new procedures or for retraining existing Team Members who are not performing according to standards We will look at each of the following fi ve steps in detail in this section
Plan
Tell
Show
Do
Review
Planning is essential for training to be successful Unfortunately this step is often overlooked Some trainers believe that simply by having the new Learner work alongside others they will automatically learn the job However it takes more training than that
It often takes longer to complete your daily routine if yoursquore training at the same time You and your managers will need to plan for this Make sure therersquos enough time to train someone correctly It will be worth it in the long run A well trained Team Member is an eff ective and effi cient Team Member
Proper planning includes determining the following training ldquobasicsrdquo At the very least you should know the answers to all of these questions before you begin training
Who are you training
What are you training
What do they already know
When are you training
Why is the training taking place
How long do you have to train
What is the expected outcome
Are there any barriers to training (ie language)
TRAINING
OTHERS
1717
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 1 PLAN
Making a Plan
When planning for training follow these steps
Determine the
Goal
Defi ne what training success means
Make sure the goal is achievable
Do not set a goal so high that no one can ever reach it
Develop a
training plan
Decide who will conduct the training
Develop a training schedule
Make sure the ldquowho what when where why and howrdquo of training is determined
Plan each step
Determine the exact information and procedures you will be training in each step
Organize the materials yoursquoll need
Determine the order in which the information will be taught
Decide the amount of time necessary for each step
Failing to Plan
Take a moment and think about the consequences of not having planned properly for training Write some of these in the spaces below
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
1818
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 2 TELL
People learn a lot faster if they know what to expect So before getting to the actual ldquotrainingrdquo as well as throughout the training communicate the following to the Learner be sure to paint a picture in the Learnerrsquos mind of where the training will be going
Tell them the job will
be easy to learn
Reassure them if the job is easyIf the job is not easy (ie learning to fl ip eggs for the fi rst time) tell them it will take time but that they will learn with practice
Tell them why itrsquos
important to you
Remember that adults need to understand the ldquowhyrdquo of a task before theyrsquore motivated to learnThe ldquowhyrdquo usually includes maintaining consistency as a restaurant chain and providing excellent quality service and cleanliness
Tell them why itrsquos
important to them
When Team Members know whatrsquos expected they perform better are praised by the manager and receive positive performance reviewsTeamwork will improve because everyone has been taught the same standardsTheir self-confi dence will increase because they know what theyrsquore doing
Tell them about their
job description
Keep the job description handy It spells out the details of the job Use the job description to help you evaluate the Team Memberrsquos performance
Tell them the KEY
points and steps of the
job
Provide a rdquobig picturerdquo overview of why the task is importantExplain the details of the job and what it entailsGive and repeat the critical steps of the jobUse training workbooks recipes and laminates as you explain
Tell them in the
simplest way
Keep it short and to the point People with prior restaurant experience can generally understand information more quickly than someone new to the industryTell them in a two-way discussionEncourage questions If you do not know the answers to questions donrsquot fake it Find outMake sure all questions get answered in a timely manner
TRAINING
OTHERS
1919
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Practice Telling the ldquoBig Picturerdquo
In the space provided below identify what you would tell a Learner to give them the big picture perspective about each of the tasks listed in order to prepare them for learning the task Use the appropriate list based on whether you are a Front or Back-of-House Team Member Hint Make sure you cover the points in the table on the previous page
Task Front-of-House Tasks Back-of-House Tasks1 Using a seating chart Preparing Buttermilk batter2 Proper table set-up Preparing a Steak Omelette3 Proper coff ee service Preparing an Over Easy egg
Task 1 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2020
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 3 SHOW
After you tell the Learner about the task they will be performing the next step is to actually show them how to do it The best way to go about this is to perform the task yourself while the Learner watches Sometimes the ldquoTellrdquo and ldquoShowrdquo steps are done at the same time especially if the task is a simple one like rolling silverware or labeling and dating perishable items for storage
Follow these guidelines when ldquoshowingrdquo a Learner how to perform a task
Show them one step at
a time
Break up tasks into small manageable pieces
Be sure they understand each step before you move onto the next
Show them the
right way
Bad habits are learned Teach the proper way Donrsquot teach shortcuts
Do not assume a task is so simple that you do not need to train it
Show them you
welcome questions
Ask them questions to check how much theyrsquove learned and confi rm they understand
Prompt them to ask questions if they donrsquot ask on their own
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
1212
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Whatrsquos In It For Me (WIIFM)
Itrsquos simply human nature to ask this question The answer to this question is probably very important to your Learners whether it is job satisfaction pay or because they simply like to do the job there must be something ldquoinrdquo it for the Learner
Whether they ask this question directly or not you need to be able to show the ldquovaluerdquo of what the Learner is doing in terms of a perceived ldquobenefi trdquo to the Learner
For example we suggest orange juice to all guests who come into IHOP for breakfast Now obviously this is a suggestive selling technique that benefi ts us by increasing sales However is knowing that enough motivation to the Learner to encourage them to suggest juice to each and every guest
Maybe it is and maybe it isnrsquot but if you were to explain the importance of suggesting juice in terms of how it will benefi t the Learner (ie higher check average which leads to a larger tip) the Learner is more likely to perform that action
ALWAYS GIVE THE LEARNER THE WIIFM
Common Blocks to Learning
Most Learners will be very motivated to learn However some will have doubts fears anxieties and insecurities about their abilities Some Learners may even have some serious blocks that hamper their ability or desire to learn The following table shows some common blocks to learning experience by Learners and the suggested approaches the Certifi ed Trainer can take overcome them
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF THE
UNKNOWN
ldquoWhat have I gotten myself intordquo
ldquoI wonder what theyrsquore going to do to merdquo
ldquoI hope everyonersquos nice hererdquo
Explain how the training program will progress
Explain the dayrsquos training objectives at the start of every shift
Explain the next dayrsquos training plan at the end of every shift
FEAR OF LOOKING
FOOLISH
ldquoI look like an idiot (carrying plates fl ipping eggs)rdquo
ldquoEveryone else can do it so much better than I canrdquo
ldquoI donrsquot want anyone to see that I just messed this uprdquo
Explain that everyone theyrsquore working with went through the same process
Reinforce that no one expects them to be perfect during training
Tell them that theyrsquoll look like an experienced ServerHostCook in no time
Emphasize that yoursquore there to help them not judge or criticize them
TRAINING
OTHERS
1313
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF FAILURE
ldquoLook at this menu therersquos so much to learnrdquo
ldquoIrsquom never going to be able to do thisrdquo
ldquoI know Irsquom going to forget everything I just learned when Irsquom with a customerduring a rushrdquo
Clarify that the training program is self-paced so they can move at a speed theyrsquore comfortable with
Explain that their feelings are normal
Reinforce and praise all the things they learn in the beginning of training even the small stuff
FEAR OF CHANGE
ldquoThis is a waste of time I already know this jobrdquo
ldquoI know a better way to do itrdquo
ldquoI prefer to do it my wayrdquo
Tell them there are many ways to do the same thing correctly yoursquore going to show them IHOPrsquos way
Reinforce why yoursquore asking them to do what you teach
Listen Sometimes Learners have a good idea
APATHY
ldquoI just donrsquot carerdquo
ldquoBORINGrdquo
ldquoIrsquoll sit here if I have to but you canrsquot make me listenrdquo
Ask the Learner what you can do to make the training valuable for them
If the problem continues ask a manager for help
1414
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Learning Styles
Adults generally learn new tasks through one of four learning styles seeing listening readingwriting and doing Some people learn through one style better than through another but most people use all or a combination of all four styles Consider the following example
Imagine you are learning to bowl for the fi rst time Which of the following represents the question that most closely describes the method of learning that most appeals to you Circle your choice
I would like to watch other people who are good bowlers and try to imitate their movements (Seeing)
I would like to have someone who knows how to bowl tell me what I should do (Listening)
I would like to read a bowling instruction manual (Readingwriting)
I would just like to jump in and do it fi guring it out as I go along (Doing)
1
2
3
4
From the self-assessment you took at the beginning of the Training Others module you already know what learning style works best for you But imagine how frustrating it must be for a Learner who probably isnrsquot even aware of which style works best for them when a Certifi ed Trainer uses the completely wrong style Consider giving this the self-assessment to each new Learner to help you deliver training using the style that works best for each
TRAINING
OTHERS
1515
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Here is a quick breakdown of the attributes associated with each learning style
Learning
Style
Preferred
SenseMotto How they learn best
SEEING Sight Seeing is believing
Learns best by observing others
Thinks about what was seen and then acts
Enjoys watching videotapes and by watching others to clarify their own understanding
LISTENING Sound I hear what yoursquore saying
Learns best by hearing others explain things
Thinks about what was heard and then acts
Enjoys learning from audio and videotapes and by discussing things with others to clarify their understanding
READING
WRITINGSight Can I see that
in writing
Learns best by reading written materials
Takes a lot of notes
Enjoys reading manuals and workbooks Must check their own understanding against written instructions
DOING Touch Just let me do it
Learns best by actually doing things
Uses ldquogutrdquo feelings and intuition
Enjoys learning by trial and error and by practicing to clarify their understanding
Because most people learn best using a combination of these four learning styles a successful training program uses all four styles in varying degrees
1616
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The Five-Step Training Method
To be provide eff ective on-the-job training you must follow a proven training method At IHOP we use the Five-Step Method of Training for all training situations including new-hire training training existing Team Members on new procedures or for retraining existing Team Members who are not performing according to standards We will look at each of the following fi ve steps in detail in this section
Plan
Tell
Show
Do
Review
Planning is essential for training to be successful Unfortunately this step is often overlooked Some trainers believe that simply by having the new Learner work alongside others they will automatically learn the job However it takes more training than that
It often takes longer to complete your daily routine if yoursquore training at the same time You and your managers will need to plan for this Make sure therersquos enough time to train someone correctly It will be worth it in the long run A well trained Team Member is an eff ective and effi cient Team Member
Proper planning includes determining the following training ldquobasicsrdquo At the very least you should know the answers to all of these questions before you begin training
Who are you training
What are you training
What do they already know
When are you training
Why is the training taking place
How long do you have to train
What is the expected outcome
Are there any barriers to training (ie language)
TRAINING
OTHERS
1717
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 1 PLAN
Making a Plan
When planning for training follow these steps
Determine the
Goal
Defi ne what training success means
Make sure the goal is achievable
Do not set a goal so high that no one can ever reach it
Develop a
training plan
Decide who will conduct the training
Develop a training schedule
Make sure the ldquowho what when where why and howrdquo of training is determined
Plan each step
Determine the exact information and procedures you will be training in each step
Organize the materials yoursquoll need
Determine the order in which the information will be taught
Decide the amount of time necessary for each step
Failing to Plan
Take a moment and think about the consequences of not having planned properly for training Write some of these in the spaces below
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
1818
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 2 TELL
People learn a lot faster if they know what to expect So before getting to the actual ldquotrainingrdquo as well as throughout the training communicate the following to the Learner be sure to paint a picture in the Learnerrsquos mind of where the training will be going
Tell them the job will
be easy to learn
Reassure them if the job is easyIf the job is not easy (ie learning to fl ip eggs for the fi rst time) tell them it will take time but that they will learn with practice
Tell them why itrsquos
important to you
Remember that adults need to understand the ldquowhyrdquo of a task before theyrsquore motivated to learnThe ldquowhyrdquo usually includes maintaining consistency as a restaurant chain and providing excellent quality service and cleanliness
Tell them why itrsquos
important to them
When Team Members know whatrsquos expected they perform better are praised by the manager and receive positive performance reviewsTeamwork will improve because everyone has been taught the same standardsTheir self-confi dence will increase because they know what theyrsquore doing
Tell them about their
job description
Keep the job description handy It spells out the details of the job Use the job description to help you evaluate the Team Memberrsquos performance
Tell them the KEY
points and steps of the
job
Provide a rdquobig picturerdquo overview of why the task is importantExplain the details of the job and what it entailsGive and repeat the critical steps of the jobUse training workbooks recipes and laminates as you explain
Tell them in the
simplest way
Keep it short and to the point People with prior restaurant experience can generally understand information more quickly than someone new to the industryTell them in a two-way discussionEncourage questions If you do not know the answers to questions donrsquot fake it Find outMake sure all questions get answered in a timely manner
TRAINING
OTHERS
1919
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Practice Telling the ldquoBig Picturerdquo
In the space provided below identify what you would tell a Learner to give them the big picture perspective about each of the tasks listed in order to prepare them for learning the task Use the appropriate list based on whether you are a Front or Back-of-House Team Member Hint Make sure you cover the points in the table on the previous page
Task Front-of-House Tasks Back-of-House Tasks1 Using a seating chart Preparing Buttermilk batter2 Proper table set-up Preparing a Steak Omelette3 Proper coff ee service Preparing an Over Easy egg
Task 1 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2020
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 3 SHOW
After you tell the Learner about the task they will be performing the next step is to actually show them how to do it The best way to go about this is to perform the task yourself while the Learner watches Sometimes the ldquoTellrdquo and ldquoShowrdquo steps are done at the same time especially if the task is a simple one like rolling silverware or labeling and dating perishable items for storage
Follow these guidelines when ldquoshowingrdquo a Learner how to perform a task
Show them one step at
a time
Break up tasks into small manageable pieces
Be sure they understand each step before you move onto the next
Show them the
right way
Bad habits are learned Teach the proper way Donrsquot teach shortcuts
Do not assume a task is so simple that you do not need to train it
Show them you
welcome questions
Ask them questions to check how much theyrsquove learned and confi rm they understand
Prompt them to ask questions if they donrsquot ask on their own
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
1313
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Block Learners will say or think And the Certifi ed Trainer can
FEAR OF FAILURE
ldquoLook at this menu therersquos so much to learnrdquo
ldquoIrsquom never going to be able to do thisrdquo
ldquoI know Irsquom going to forget everything I just learned when Irsquom with a customerduring a rushrdquo
Clarify that the training program is self-paced so they can move at a speed theyrsquore comfortable with
Explain that their feelings are normal
Reinforce and praise all the things they learn in the beginning of training even the small stuff
FEAR OF CHANGE
ldquoThis is a waste of time I already know this jobrdquo
ldquoI know a better way to do itrdquo
ldquoI prefer to do it my wayrdquo
Tell them there are many ways to do the same thing correctly yoursquore going to show them IHOPrsquos way
Reinforce why yoursquore asking them to do what you teach
Listen Sometimes Learners have a good idea
APATHY
ldquoI just donrsquot carerdquo
ldquoBORINGrdquo
ldquoIrsquoll sit here if I have to but you canrsquot make me listenrdquo
Ask the Learner what you can do to make the training valuable for them
If the problem continues ask a manager for help
1414
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Learning Styles
Adults generally learn new tasks through one of four learning styles seeing listening readingwriting and doing Some people learn through one style better than through another but most people use all or a combination of all four styles Consider the following example
Imagine you are learning to bowl for the fi rst time Which of the following represents the question that most closely describes the method of learning that most appeals to you Circle your choice
I would like to watch other people who are good bowlers and try to imitate their movements (Seeing)
I would like to have someone who knows how to bowl tell me what I should do (Listening)
I would like to read a bowling instruction manual (Readingwriting)
I would just like to jump in and do it fi guring it out as I go along (Doing)
1
2
3
4
From the self-assessment you took at the beginning of the Training Others module you already know what learning style works best for you But imagine how frustrating it must be for a Learner who probably isnrsquot even aware of which style works best for them when a Certifi ed Trainer uses the completely wrong style Consider giving this the self-assessment to each new Learner to help you deliver training using the style that works best for each
TRAINING
OTHERS
1515
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Here is a quick breakdown of the attributes associated with each learning style
Learning
Style
Preferred
SenseMotto How they learn best
SEEING Sight Seeing is believing
Learns best by observing others
Thinks about what was seen and then acts
Enjoys watching videotapes and by watching others to clarify their own understanding
LISTENING Sound I hear what yoursquore saying
Learns best by hearing others explain things
Thinks about what was heard and then acts
Enjoys learning from audio and videotapes and by discussing things with others to clarify their understanding
READING
WRITINGSight Can I see that
in writing
Learns best by reading written materials
Takes a lot of notes
Enjoys reading manuals and workbooks Must check their own understanding against written instructions
DOING Touch Just let me do it
Learns best by actually doing things
Uses ldquogutrdquo feelings and intuition
Enjoys learning by trial and error and by practicing to clarify their understanding
Because most people learn best using a combination of these four learning styles a successful training program uses all four styles in varying degrees
1616
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The Five-Step Training Method
To be provide eff ective on-the-job training you must follow a proven training method At IHOP we use the Five-Step Method of Training for all training situations including new-hire training training existing Team Members on new procedures or for retraining existing Team Members who are not performing according to standards We will look at each of the following fi ve steps in detail in this section
Plan
Tell
Show
Do
Review
Planning is essential for training to be successful Unfortunately this step is often overlooked Some trainers believe that simply by having the new Learner work alongside others they will automatically learn the job However it takes more training than that
It often takes longer to complete your daily routine if yoursquore training at the same time You and your managers will need to plan for this Make sure therersquos enough time to train someone correctly It will be worth it in the long run A well trained Team Member is an eff ective and effi cient Team Member
Proper planning includes determining the following training ldquobasicsrdquo At the very least you should know the answers to all of these questions before you begin training
Who are you training
What are you training
What do they already know
When are you training
Why is the training taking place
How long do you have to train
What is the expected outcome
Are there any barriers to training (ie language)
TRAINING
OTHERS
1717
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 1 PLAN
Making a Plan
When planning for training follow these steps
Determine the
Goal
Defi ne what training success means
Make sure the goal is achievable
Do not set a goal so high that no one can ever reach it
Develop a
training plan
Decide who will conduct the training
Develop a training schedule
Make sure the ldquowho what when where why and howrdquo of training is determined
Plan each step
Determine the exact information and procedures you will be training in each step
Organize the materials yoursquoll need
Determine the order in which the information will be taught
Decide the amount of time necessary for each step
Failing to Plan
Take a moment and think about the consequences of not having planned properly for training Write some of these in the spaces below
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
1818
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 2 TELL
People learn a lot faster if they know what to expect So before getting to the actual ldquotrainingrdquo as well as throughout the training communicate the following to the Learner be sure to paint a picture in the Learnerrsquos mind of where the training will be going
Tell them the job will
be easy to learn
Reassure them if the job is easyIf the job is not easy (ie learning to fl ip eggs for the fi rst time) tell them it will take time but that they will learn with practice
Tell them why itrsquos
important to you
Remember that adults need to understand the ldquowhyrdquo of a task before theyrsquore motivated to learnThe ldquowhyrdquo usually includes maintaining consistency as a restaurant chain and providing excellent quality service and cleanliness
Tell them why itrsquos
important to them
When Team Members know whatrsquos expected they perform better are praised by the manager and receive positive performance reviewsTeamwork will improve because everyone has been taught the same standardsTheir self-confi dence will increase because they know what theyrsquore doing
Tell them about their
job description
Keep the job description handy It spells out the details of the job Use the job description to help you evaluate the Team Memberrsquos performance
Tell them the KEY
points and steps of the
job
Provide a rdquobig picturerdquo overview of why the task is importantExplain the details of the job and what it entailsGive and repeat the critical steps of the jobUse training workbooks recipes and laminates as you explain
Tell them in the
simplest way
Keep it short and to the point People with prior restaurant experience can generally understand information more quickly than someone new to the industryTell them in a two-way discussionEncourage questions If you do not know the answers to questions donrsquot fake it Find outMake sure all questions get answered in a timely manner
TRAINING
OTHERS
1919
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Practice Telling the ldquoBig Picturerdquo
In the space provided below identify what you would tell a Learner to give them the big picture perspective about each of the tasks listed in order to prepare them for learning the task Use the appropriate list based on whether you are a Front or Back-of-House Team Member Hint Make sure you cover the points in the table on the previous page
Task Front-of-House Tasks Back-of-House Tasks1 Using a seating chart Preparing Buttermilk batter2 Proper table set-up Preparing a Steak Omelette3 Proper coff ee service Preparing an Over Easy egg
Task 1 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2020
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 3 SHOW
After you tell the Learner about the task they will be performing the next step is to actually show them how to do it The best way to go about this is to perform the task yourself while the Learner watches Sometimes the ldquoTellrdquo and ldquoShowrdquo steps are done at the same time especially if the task is a simple one like rolling silverware or labeling and dating perishable items for storage
Follow these guidelines when ldquoshowingrdquo a Learner how to perform a task
Show them one step at
a time
Break up tasks into small manageable pieces
Be sure they understand each step before you move onto the next
Show them the
right way
Bad habits are learned Teach the proper way Donrsquot teach shortcuts
Do not assume a task is so simple that you do not need to train it
Show them you
welcome questions
Ask them questions to check how much theyrsquove learned and confi rm they understand
Prompt them to ask questions if they donrsquot ask on their own
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
1414
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Learning Styles
Adults generally learn new tasks through one of four learning styles seeing listening readingwriting and doing Some people learn through one style better than through another but most people use all or a combination of all four styles Consider the following example
Imagine you are learning to bowl for the fi rst time Which of the following represents the question that most closely describes the method of learning that most appeals to you Circle your choice
I would like to watch other people who are good bowlers and try to imitate their movements (Seeing)
I would like to have someone who knows how to bowl tell me what I should do (Listening)
I would like to read a bowling instruction manual (Readingwriting)
I would just like to jump in and do it fi guring it out as I go along (Doing)
1
2
3
4
From the self-assessment you took at the beginning of the Training Others module you already know what learning style works best for you But imagine how frustrating it must be for a Learner who probably isnrsquot even aware of which style works best for them when a Certifi ed Trainer uses the completely wrong style Consider giving this the self-assessment to each new Learner to help you deliver training using the style that works best for each
TRAINING
OTHERS
1515
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Here is a quick breakdown of the attributes associated with each learning style
Learning
Style
Preferred
SenseMotto How they learn best
SEEING Sight Seeing is believing
Learns best by observing others
Thinks about what was seen and then acts
Enjoys watching videotapes and by watching others to clarify their own understanding
LISTENING Sound I hear what yoursquore saying
Learns best by hearing others explain things
Thinks about what was heard and then acts
Enjoys learning from audio and videotapes and by discussing things with others to clarify their understanding
READING
WRITINGSight Can I see that
in writing
Learns best by reading written materials
Takes a lot of notes
Enjoys reading manuals and workbooks Must check their own understanding against written instructions
DOING Touch Just let me do it
Learns best by actually doing things
Uses ldquogutrdquo feelings and intuition
Enjoys learning by trial and error and by practicing to clarify their understanding
Because most people learn best using a combination of these four learning styles a successful training program uses all four styles in varying degrees
1616
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The Five-Step Training Method
To be provide eff ective on-the-job training you must follow a proven training method At IHOP we use the Five-Step Method of Training for all training situations including new-hire training training existing Team Members on new procedures or for retraining existing Team Members who are not performing according to standards We will look at each of the following fi ve steps in detail in this section
Plan
Tell
Show
Do
Review
Planning is essential for training to be successful Unfortunately this step is often overlooked Some trainers believe that simply by having the new Learner work alongside others they will automatically learn the job However it takes more training than that
It often takes longer to complete your daily routine if yoursquore training at the same time You and your managers will need to plan for this Make sure therersquos enough time to train someone correctly It will be worth it in the long run A well trained Team Member is an eff ective and effi cient Team Member
Proper planning includes determining the following training ldquobasicsrdquo At the very least you should know the answers to all of these questions before you begin training
Who are you training
What are you training
What do they already know
When are you training
Why is the training taking place
How long do you have to train
What is the expected outcome
Are there any barriers to training (ie language)
TRAINING
OTHERS
1717
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 1 PLAN
Making a Plan
When planning for training follow these steps
Determine the
Goal
Defi ne what training success means
Make sure the goal is achievable
Do not set a goal so high that no one can ever reach it
Develop a
training plan
Decide who will conduct the training
Develop a training schedule
Make sure the ldquowho what when where why and howrdquo of training is determined
Plan each step
Determine the exact information and procedures you will be training in each step
Organize the materials yoursquoll need
Determine the order in which the information will be taught
Decide the amount of time necessary for each step
Failing to Plan
Take a moment and think about the consequences of not having planned properly for training Write some of these in the spaces below
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
1818
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 2 TELL
People learn a lot faster if they know what to expect So before getting to the actual ldquotrainingrdquo as well as throughout the training communicate the following to the Learner be sure to paint a picture in the Learnerrsquos mind of where the training will be going
Tell them the job will
be easy to learn
Reassure them if the job is easyIf the job is not easy (ie learning to fl ip eggs for the fi rst time) tell them it will take time but that they will learn with practice
Tell them why itrsquos
important to you
Remember that adults need to understand the ldquowhyrdquo of a task before theyrsquore motivated to learnThe ldquowhyrdquo usually includes maintaining consistency as a restaurant chain and providing excellent quality service and cleanliness
Tell them why itrsquos
important to them
When Team Members know whatrsquos expected they perform better are praised by the manager and receive positive performance reviewsTeamwork will improve because everyone has been taught the same standardsTheir self-confi dence will increase because they know what theyrsquore doing
Tell them about their
job description
Keep the job description handy It spells out the details of the job Use the job description to help you evaluate the Team Memberrsquos performance
Tell them the KEY
points and steps of the
job
Provide a rdquobig picturerdquo overview of why the task is importantExplain the details of the job and what it entailsGive and repeat the critical steps of the jobUse training workbooks recipes and laminates as you explain
Tell them in the
simplest way
Keep it short and to the point People with prior restaurant experience can generally understand information more quickly than someone new to the industryTell them in a two-way discussionEncourage questions If you do not know the answers to questions donrsquot fake it Find outMake sure all questions get answered in a timely manner
TRAINING
OTHERS
1919
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Practice Telling the ldquoBig Picturerdquo
In the space provided below identify what you would tell a Learner to give them the big picture perspective about each of the tasks listed in order to prepare them for learning the task Use the appropriate list based on whether you are a Front or Back-of-House Team Member Hint Make sure you cover the points in the table on the previous page
Task Front-of-House Tasks Back-of-House Tasks1 Using a seating chart Preparing Buttermilk batter2 Proper table set-up Preparing a Steak Omelette3 Proper coff ee service Preparing an Over Easy egg
Task 1 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2020
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 3 SHOW
After you tell the Learner about the task they will be performing the next step is to actually show them how to do it The best way to go about this is to perform the task yourself while the Learner watches Sometimes the ldquoTellrdquo and ldquoShowrdquo steps are done at the same time especially if the task is a simple one like rolling silverware or labeling and dating perishable items for storage
Follow these guidelines when ldquoshowingrdquo a Learner how to perform a task
Show them one step at
a time
Break up tasks into small manageable pieces
Be sure they understand each step before you move onto the next
Show them the
right way
Bad habits are learned Teach the proper way Donrsquot teach shortcuts
Do not assume a task is so simple that you do not need to train it
Show them you
welcome questions
Ask them questions to check how much theyrsquove learned and confi rm they understand
Prompt them to ask questions if they donrsquot ask on their own
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
1515
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Here is a quick breakdown of the attributes associated with each learning style
Learning
Style
Preferred
SenseMotto How they learn best
SEEING Sight Seeing is believing
Learns best by observing others
Thinks about what was seen and then acts
Enjoys watching videotapes and by watching others to clarify their own understanding
LISTENING Sound I hear what yoursquore saying
Learns best by hearing others explain things
Thinks about what was heard and then acts
Enjoys learning from audio and videotapes and by discussing things with others to clarify their understanding
READING
WRITINGSight Can I see that
in writing
Learns best by reading written materials
Takes a lot of notes
Enjoys reading manuals and workbooks Must check their own understanding against written instructions
DOING Touch Just let me do it
Learns best by actually doing things
Uses ldquogutrdquo feelings and intuition
Enjoys learning by trial and error and by practicing to clarify their understanding
Because most people learn best using a combination of these four learning styles a successful training program uses all four styles in varying degrees
1616
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The Five-Step Training Method
To be provide eff ective on-the-job training you must follow a proven training method At IHOP we use the Five-Step Method of Training for all training situations including new-hire training training existing Team Members on new procedures or for retraining existing Team Members who are not performing according to standards We will look at each of the following fi ve steps in detail in this section
Plan
Tell
Show
Do
Review
Planning is essential for training to be successful Unfortunately this step is often overlooked Some trainers believe that simply by having the new Learner work alongside others they will automatically learn the job However it takes more training than that
It often takes longer to complete your daily routine if yoursquore training at the same time You and your managers will need to plan for this Make sure therersquos enough time to train someone correctly It will be worth it in the long run A well trained Team Member is an eff ective and effi cient Team Member
Proper planning includes determining the following training ldquobasicsrdquo At the very least you should know the answers to all of these questions before you begin training
Who are you training
What are you training
What do they already know
When are you training
Why is the training taking place
How long do you have to train
What is the expected outcome
Are there any barriers to training (ie language)
TRAINING
OTHERS
1717
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 1 PLAN
Making a Plan
When planning for training follow these steps
Determine the
Goal
Defi ne what training success means
Make sure the goal is achievable
Do not set a goal so high that no one can ever reach it
Develop a
training plan
Decide who will conduct the training
Develop a training schedule
Make sure the ldquowho what when where why and howrdquo of training is determined
Plan each step
Determine the exact information and procedures you will be training in each step
Organize the materials yoursquoll need
Determine the order in which the information will be taught
Decide the amount of time necessary for each step
Failing to Plan
Take a moment and think about the consequences of not having planned properly for training Write some of these in the spaces below
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
1818
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 2 TELL
People learn a lot faster if they know what to expect So before getting to the actual ldquotrainingrdquo as well as throughout the training communicate the following to the Learner be sure to paint a picture in the Learnerrsquos mind of where the training will be going
Tell them the job will
be easy to learn
Reassure them if the job is easyIf the job is not easy (ie learning to fl ip eggs for the fi rst time) tell them it will take time but that they will learn with practice
Tell them why itrsquos
important to you
Remember that adults need to understand the ldquowhyrdquo of a task before theyrsquore motivated to learnThe ldquowhyrdquo usually includes maintaining consistency as a restaurant chain and providing excellent quality service and cleanliness
Tell them why itrsquos
important to them
When Team Members know whatrsquos expected they perform better are praised by the manager and receive positive performance reviewsTeamwork will improve because everyone has been taught the same standardsTheir self-confi dence will increase because they know what theyrsquore doing
Tell them about their
job description
Keep the job description handy It spells out the details of the job Use the job description to help you evaluate the Team Memberrsquos performance
Tell them the KEY
points and steps of the
job
Provide a rdquobig picturerdquo overview of why the task is importantExplain the details of the job and what it entailsGive and repeat the critical steps of the jobUse training workbooks recipes and laminates as you explain
Tell them in the
simplest way
Keep it short and to the point People with prior restaurant experience can generally understand information more quickly than someone new to the industryTell them in a two-way discussionEncourage questions If you do not know the answers to questions donrsquot fake it Find outMake sure all questions get answered in a timely manner
TRAINING
OTHERS
1919
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Practice Telling the ldquoBig Picturerdquo
In the space provided below identify what you would tell a Learner to give them the big picture perspective about each of the tasks listed in order to prepare them for learning the task Use the appropriate list based on whether you are a Front or Back-of-House Team Member Hint Make sure you cover the points in the table on the previous page
Task Front-of-House Tasks Back-of-House Tasks1 Using a seating chart Preparing Buttermilk batter2 Proper table set-up Preparing a Steak Omelette3 Proper coff ee service Preparing an Over Easy egg
Task 1 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2020
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 3 SHOW
After you tell the Learner about the task they will be performing the next step is to actually show them how to do it The best way to go about this is to perform the task yourself while the Learner watches Sometimes the ldquoTellrdquo and ldquoShowrdquo steps are done at the same time especially if the task is a simple one like rolling silverware or labeling and dating perishable items for storage
Follow these guidelines when ldquoshowingrdquo a Learner how to perform a task
Show them one step at
a time
Break up tasks into small manageable pieces
Be sure they understand each step before you move onto the next
Show them the
right way
Bad habits are learned Teach the proper way Donrsquot teach shortcuts
Do not assume a task is so simple that you do not need to train it
Show them you
welcome questions
Ask them questions to check how much theyrsquove learned and confi rm they understand
Prompt them to ask questions if they donrsquot ask on their own
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
1616
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The Five-Step Training Method
To be provide eff ective on-the-job training you must follow a proven training method At IHOP we use the Five-Step Method of Training for all training situations including new-hire training training existing Team Members on new procedures or for retraining existing Team Members who are not performing according to standards We will look at each of the following fi ve steps in detail in this section
Plan
Tell
Show
Do
Review
Planning is essential for training to be successful Unfortunately this step is often overlooked Some trainers believe that simply by having the new Learner work alongside others they will automatically learn the job However it takes more training than that
It often takes longer to complete your daily routine if yoursquore training at the same time You and your managers will need to plan for this Make sure therersquos enough time to train someone correctly It will be worth it in the long run A well trained Team Member is an eff ective and effi cient Team Member
Proper planning includes determining the following training ldquobasicsrdquo At the very least you should know the answers to all of these questions before you begin training
Who are you training
What are you training
What do they already know
When are you training
Why is the training taking place
How long do you have to train
What is the expected outcome
Are there any barriers to training (ie language)
TRAINING
OTHERS
1717
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 1 PLAN
Making a Plan
When planning for training follow these steps
Determine the
Goal
Defi ne what training success means
Make sure the goal is achievable
Do not set a goal so high that no one can ever reach it
Develop a
training plan
Decide who will conduct the training
Develop a training schedule
Make sure the ldquowho what when where why and howrdquo of training is determined
Plan each step
Determine the exact information and procedures you will be training in each step
Organize the materials yoursquoll need
Determine the order in which the information will be taught
Decide the amount of time necessary for each step
Failing to Plan
Take a moment and think about the consequences of not having planned properly for training Write some of these in the spaces below
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
1818
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 2 TELL
People learn a lot faster if they know what to expect So before getting to the actual ldquotrainingrdquo as well as throughout the training communicate the following to the Learner be sure to paint a picture in the Learnerrsquos mind of where the training will be going
Tell them the job will
be easy to learn
Reassure them if the job is easyIf the job is not easy (ie learning to fl ip eggs for the fi rst time) tell them it will take time but that they will learn with practice
Tell them why itrsquos
important to you
Remember that adults need to understand the ldquowhyrdquo of a task before theyrsquore motivated to learnThe ldquowhyrdquo usually includes maintaining consistency as a restaurant chain and providing excellent quality service and cleanliness
Tell them why itrsquos
important to them
When Team Members know whatrsquos expected they perform better are praised by the manager and receive positive performance reviewsTeamwork will improve because everyone has been taught the same standardsTheir self-confi dence will increase because they know what theyrsquore doing
Tell them about their
job description
Keep the job description handy It spells out the details of the job Use the job description to help you evaluate the Team Memberrsquos performance
Tell them the KEY
points and steps of the
job
Provide a rdquobig picturerdquo overview of why the task is importantExplain the details of the job and what it entailsGive and repeat the critical steps of the jobUse training workbooks recipes and laminates as you explain
Tell them in the
simplest way
Keep it short and to the point People with prior restaurant experience can generally understand information more quickly than someone new to the industryTell them in a two-way discussionEncourage questions If you do not know the answers to questions donrsquot fake it Find outMake sure all questions get answered in a timely manner
TRAINING
OTHERS
1919
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Practice Telling the ldquoBig Picturerdquo
In the space provided below identify what you would tell a Learner to give them the big picture perspective about each of the tasks listed in order to prepare them for learning the task Use the appropriate list based on whether you are a Front or Back-of-House Team Member Hint Make sure you cover the points in the table on the previous page
Task Front-of-House Tasks Back-of-House Tasks1 Using a seating chart Preparing Buttermilk batter2 Proper table set-up Preparing a Steak Omelette3 Proper coff ee service Preparing an Over Easy egg
Task 1 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2020
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 3 SHOW
After you tell the Learner about the task they will be performing the next step is to actually show them how to do it The best way to go about this is to perform the task yourself while the Learner watches Sometimes the ldquoTellrdquo and ldquoShowrdquo steps are done at the same time especially if the task is a simple one like rolling silverware or labeling and dating perishable items for storage
Follow these guidelines when ldquoshowingrdquo a Learner how to perform a task
Show them one step at
a time
Break up tasks into small manageable pieces
Be sure they understand each step before you move onto the next
Show them the
right way
Bad habits are learned Teach the proper way Donrsquot teach shortcuts
Do not assume a task is so simple that you do not need to train it
Show them you
welcome questions
Ask them questions to check how much theyrsquove learned and confi rm they understand
Prompt them to ask questions if they donrsquot ask on their own
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
1717
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 1 PLAN
Making a Plan
When planning for training follow these steps
Determine the
Goal
Defi ne what training success means
Make sure the goal is achievable
Do not set a goal so high that no one can ever reach it
Develop a
training plan
Decide who will conduct the training
Develop a training schedule
Make sure the ldquowho what when where why and howrdquo of training is determined
Plan each step
Determine the exact information and procedures you will be training in each step
Organize the materials yoursquoll need
Determine the order in which the information will be taught
Decide the amount of time necessary for each step
Failing to Plan
Take a moment and think about the consequences of not having planned properly for training Write some of these in the spaces below
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
1818
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 2 TELL
People learn a lot faster if they know what to expect So before getting to the actual ldquotrainingrdquo as well as throughout the training communicate the following to the Learner be sure to paint a picture in the Learnerrsquos mind of where the training will be going
Tell them the job will
be easy to learn
Reassure them if the job is easyIf the job is not easy (ie learning to fl ip eggs for the fi rst time) tell them it will take time but that they will learn with practice
Tell them why itrsquos
important to you
Remember that adults need to understand the ldquowhyrdquo of a task before theyrsquore motivated to learnThe ldquowhyrdquo usually includes maintaining consistency as a restaurant chain and providing excellent quality service and cleanliness
Tell them why itrsquos
important to them
When Team Members know whatrsquos expected they perform better are praised by the manager and receive positive performance reviewsTeamwork will improve because everyone has been taught the same standardsTheir self-confi dence will increase because they know what theyrsquore doing
Tell them about their
job description
Keep the job description handy It spells out the details of the job Use the job description to help you evaluate the Team Memberrsquos performance
Tell them the KEY
points and steps of the
job
Provide a rdquobig picturerdquo overview of why the task is importantExplain the details of the job and what it entailsGive and repeat the critical steps of the jobUse training workbooks recipes and laminates as you explain
Tell them in the
simplest way
Keep it short and to the point People with prior restaurant experience can generally understand information more quickly than someone new to the industryTell them in a two-way discussionEncourage questions If you do not know the answers to questions donrsquot fake it Find outMake sure all questions get answered in a timely manner
TRAINING
OTHERS
1919
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Practice Telling the ldquoBig Picturerdquo
In the space provided below identify what you would tell a Learner to give them the big picture perspective about each of the tasks listed in order to prepare them for learning the task Use the appropriate list based on whether you are a Front or Back-of-House Team Member Hint Make sure you cover the points in the table on the previous page
Task Front-of-House Tasks Back-of-House Tasks1 Using a seating chart Preparing Buttermilk batter2 Proper table set-up Preparing a Steak Omelette3 Proper coff ee service Preparing an Over Easy egg
Task 1 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2020
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 3 SHOW
After you tell the Learner about the task they will be performing the next step is to actually show them how to do it The best way to go about this is to perform the task yourself while the Learner watches Sometimes the ldquoTellrdquo and ldquoShowrdquo steps are done at the same time especially if the task is a simple one like rolling silverware or labeling and dating perishable items for storage
Follow these guidelines when ldquoshowingrdquo a Learner how to perform a task
Show them one step at
a time
Break up tasks into small manageable pieces
Be sure they understand each step before you move onto the next
Show them the
right way
Bad habits are learned Teach the proper way Donrsquot teach shortcuts
Do not assume a task is so simple that you do not need to train it
Show them you
welcome questions
Ask them questions to check how much theyrsquove learned and confi rm they understand
Prompt them to ask questions if they donrsquot ask on their own
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
1818
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 2 TELL
People learn a lot faster if they know what to expect So before getting to the actual ldquotrainingrdquo as well as throughout the training communicate the following to the Learner be sure to paint a picture in the Learnerrsquos mind of where the training will be going
Tell them the job will
be easy to learn
Reassure them if the job is easyIf the job is not easy (ie learning to fl ip eggs for the fi rst time) tell them it will take time but that they will learn with practice
Tell them why itrsquos
important to you
Remember that adults need to understand the ldquowhyrdquo of a task before theyrsquore motivated to learnThe ldquowhyrdquo usually includes maintaining consistency as a restaurant chain and providing excellent quality service and cleanliness
Tell them why itrsquos
important to them
When Team Members know whatrsquos expected they perform better are praised by the manager and receive positive performance reviewsTeamwork will improve because everyone has been taught the same standardsTheir self-confi dence will increase because they know what theyrsquore doing
Tell them about their
job description
Keep the job description handy It spells out the details of the job Use the job description to help you evaluate the Team Memberrsquos performance
Tell them the KEY
points and steps of the
job
Provide a rdquobig picturerdquo overview of why the task is importantExplain the details of the job and what it entailsGive and repeat the critical steps of the jobUse training workbooks recipes and laminates as you explain
Tell them in the
simplest way
Keep it short and to the point People with prior restaurant experience can generally understand information more quickly than someone new to the industryTell them in a two-way discussionEncourage questions If you do not know the answers to questions donrsquot fake it Find outMake sure all questions get answered in a timely manner
TRAINING
OTHERS
1919
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Practice Telling the ldquoBig Picturerdquo
In the space provided below identify what you would tell a Learner to give them the big picture perspective about each of the tasks listed in order to prepare them for learning the task Use the appropriate list based on whether you are a Front or Back-of-House Team Member Hint Make sure you cover the points in the table on the previous page
Task Front-of-House Tasks Back-of-House Tasks1 Using a seating chart Preparing Buttermilk batter2 Proper table set-up Preparing a Steak Omelette3 Proper coff ee service Preparing an Over Easy egg
Task 1 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2020
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 3 SHOW
After you tell the Learner about the task they will be performing the next step is to actually show them how to do it The best way to go about this is to perform the task yourself while the Learner watches Sometimes the ldquoTellrdquo and ldquoShowrdquo steps are done at the same time especially if the task is a simple one like rolling silverware or labeling and dating perishable items for storage
Follow these guidelines when ldquoshowingrdquo a Learner how to perform a task
Show them one step at
a time
Break up tasks into small manageable pieces
Be sure they understand each step before you move onto the next
Show them the
right way
Bad habits are learned Teach the proper way Donrsquot teach shortcuts
Do not assume a task is so simple that you do not need to train it
Show them you
welcome questions
Ask them questions to check how much theyrsquove learned and confi rm they understand
Prompt them to ask questions if they donrsquot ask on their own
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
1919
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Practice Telling the ldquoBig Picturerdquo
In the space provided below identify what you would tell a Learner to give them the big picture perspective about each of the tasks listed in order to prepare them for learning the task Use the appropriate list based on whether you are a Front or Back-of-House Team Member Hint Make sure you cover the points in the table on the previous page
Task Front-of-House Tasks Back-of-House Tasks1 Using a seating chart Preparing Buttermilk batter2 Proper table set-up Preparing a Steak Omelette3 Proper coff ee service Preparing an Over Easy egg
Task 1 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 2 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Task 3 Big Picture
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2020
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 3 SHOW
After you tell the Learner about the task they will be performing the next step is to actually show them how to do it The best way to go about this is to perform the task yourself while the Learner watches Sometimes the ldquoTellrdquo and ldquoShowrdquo steps are done at the same time especially if the task is a simple one like rolling silverware or labeling and dating perishable items for storage
Follow these guidelines when ldquoshowingrdquo a Learner how to perform a task
Show them one step at
a time
Break up tasks into small manageable pieces
Be sure they understand each step before you move onto the next
Show them the
right way
Bad habits are learned Teach the proper way Donrsquot teach shortcuts
Do not assume a task is so simple that you do not need to train it
Show them you
welcome questions
Ask them questions to check how much theyrsquove learned and confi rm they understand
Prompt them to ask questions if they donrsquot ask on their own
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
2020
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
STEP 3 SHOW
After you tell the Learner about the task they will be performing the next step is to actually show them how to do it The best way to go about this is to perform the task yourself while the Learner watches Sometimes the ldquoTellrdquo and ldquoShowrdquo steps are done at the same time especially if the task is a simple one like rolling silverware or labeling and dating perishable items for storage
Follow these guidelines when ldquoshowingrdquo a Learner how to perform a task
Show them one step at
a time
Break up tasks into small manageable pieces
Be sure they understand each step before you move onto the next
Show them the
right way
Bad habits are learned Teach the proper way Donrsquot teach shortcuts
Do not assume a task is so simple that you do not need to train it
Show them you
welcome questions
Ask them questions to check how much theyrsquove learned and confi rm they understand
Prompt them to ask questions if they donrsquot ask on their own
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
2121
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 4 DO
Yoursquove planned yoursquove told yoursquove shown Now itrsquos time for the Learner to ldquoDordquo This is where they actually do the job while you watch coach and encourage
NOTE The most important rule at this stage is to not leave the Learner alone until yoursquore sure they can perform the task correctly without error or injury The ldquoDoingrdquo step requires that you be right there for them monitoring their progress and giving them guidance
Follow these guidelines during the ldquoDordquo step
Have the Learner
do the job
Watch closely provide immediate feedback on performance
Encourage them to use the training materials if needed
Stop and show them the task again if necessary
Have them explain
as they do the job
Listen for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it Ask questions if you donrsquot hear all the information they need to know
Stop and explain the task again if necessary
Provide positive feedback if they get it right
Have them show
you step-by-step
Make sure they follow the steps completely and in the right order
Observe for accuracy not for speed
If the Team Member skips a step or does a step incorrectly stop and show them how to do it right
If you correct them maintain their self-esteem by correcting the action not the person (ie ldquoletrsquos try to fl ip the eggs a little higherrdquo rather than ldquoyoursquore doing it wrongrdquo)
Encourage them as
they do the job
Praise their achievements often especially when they make progress on a task that was diffi cult for them
If they make a mistake donrsquot correct them in front of others As much as possible correct them so others canrsquot hear
Keep in mind that the Learner may be nervous Smile and let them know that itrsquos tough to perform while someonersquos watching
Have them do it
again if necessary
Have them perform the task as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it
Donrsquot let them practice on their own until they know how to perform the task correctly
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
2222
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
The ldquoDordquo Step Review
Read the statements below and decide whether you think they are true or false based on what you read about the ldquoDordquo step then circle the appropriate response
1 When yoursquore observing Learners perform the task yoursquore watching for speed T F
2 You should teach and encourage them to use shortcuts T F
3 Give them praise when they get it right T F
4 Always correct their action or behavior not them as a person T F
5 When you correct them itrsquos okay to do so publicly T F
6 If they donrsquot perform a step correctly stop and show them again T F
7 Donrsquot let them use the training materials while they perform the job in this step T F
8 As theyrsquore explaining the job listen both for what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it T F
9 Go over the tasks as many times as necessary until you know theyrsquove got it right T F
10 The essence of the ldquoDordquo step of training is to leave them alone and see if they can fi gure out how to do it without your help T F
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
2323
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
STEP 5 REVIEW
After the training is complete it is important that you review what was accomplished and how the Learner performed This is done mainly by allowing the Learner to do the talking Ask questions and listen to their responses for indications that they understand the tasks they have performed and that they remember the most important steps of the job Provide clarifi cation and positive feedback during the review step to help cement the information in the Learnerrsquos mind
Review the Key
Points
Ask them whatrsquos important to remember about the job
Focus on the information thatrsquos critical to the successful completion of the task
Review Their
Work
Ask them what they liked about their work Everyone tends to be too critical of themselves Make sure they say something positive
Give positive feedback based on your observations
Ask them what theyrsquore going to focus on next time they do this task
Give them suggestions about how to correct problem areas
Go back to ldquoTell Show Do Reviewrdquo if necessary
Donrsquot expect them to remember everything
Make sure they know where to fi nd information if they need it later (recipes SOP books laminates etc)
Review Their
Questions
Ask them whether they have any other questions about the task you taught
Answer all questions or fi nd answers to those you donrsquot know promptly
Review the
Benefi ts
Reinforce the benefi ts of properly performing the task both to the Team Member and the restaurant
Tell them to let you know if they need help in the future
Review Later
On
Check back later in the day the next day and the next week to make sure theyrsquore doing OK Continue to coach them as needed
Congratulate them on things done well
Provide feedback and direction where needed
Make sure they know why doing it right is important
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
2424
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Giving Feedback
Throughout the training process and particularly during the Review step it is imperative that you give feedback to the Learner on their performance The goal of this feedback is to let them know what they are doinghave done well or to correct them when they have done something incorrectly
There are generally two types of feedback
Positive feedback This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something right It is important to let the Learner know when they have done something right so that they are more likely to repeat the behavior after training
Feedback for improvement This is the feedback you give a Learner when they have done something incorrectly The goal is to modify the Learnerrsquos behavior so they perform correctly but not demotivate the Learner in the process
Review the guidelines for giving both types of feedback shown below
Positive Feedback
Use the acronym PIES
Positive Make sure the Learner knows they did something right by speaking in an upbeat and happy toneImmediate Give the feedback as close to the action as possible This helps the Learner connect the action with the praise you are giving themEarned Only give positive feedback when it is earned If you praise a job that is not worthy of praise you might reinforce performance that is below the standardSpecifi c It is important to let the Learner know exactly what they did right so they can repeat it next time Instead of merely saying ldquoGood jobrdquoSay ldquoYou did a great job getting those guestsrsquo food out to them while it was still hotrdquo
Note If practical give the positive feedback in front of other Team Members This can
be a big confi dence booster for the Learner
Feedback for Improvement
Tell them exactly what was done incorrectly and why itrsquos incorrect
Explain the impact on the restaurant customer co-workers etc
Ask for suggestions on how to improve or correct the performance The Learner is more likely to do it if they came up with the idea on their own Be prepared with suggestions if the Learner canrsquot come up with solutions on their own
Express confi dence in their ability to improve and encourage them to keep trying
If the problem is serious happens repeatedly or if your suggestions arenrsquot accepted well let your Manager know
Note Feedback for improvement should always be given in private and never in
front of other Learners or Team Members Be sensitive to the feelings of
your co-workers
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
2525
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Providing Feedback Practice
Review the following examples of positive feedback and feedback for improvement then answer the questions in the spaces provided
Situation 1
ldquoMaria I worked the station next to you today and heard some of your conversations with guests You did a great job of suggestive selling I think you sold more orange juice than any of us If you keep that up your check average will be the highest one around here in no timerdquo
1 What did Maria do right
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact will her actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How was Maria encouraged to continue the positive behavior
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Situation 2
ldquoMarcos when I was straightening the walk-in this afternoon I noticed that the Buttermilk batter you made today was not rotated properly It was placed in front of the older batter Can you fi x it next time yoursquore in the walk-in Make sure you use the FIFO system you were taught in training always putting the newest batters at the back and pulling the older batters up front Otherwise the batter in the back may be too old to use by the time we get to it If that happens wersquoll have to throw it out and food costs will go up Yoursquove been doing a great job at all the other prep procedures so I know following FIFO will be easy for you once you focus on itrdquo
1 What did Marcos do wrong and what steps should he take to correct his actions in the future
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2 What impact could his actions have on the restaurant guests or co-workers
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
3 How did this trainer express confi dence in Marcosrsquo performance overall
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
2626
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of IHOP 101 Training Program
This section provides an overview of how the IHOP 101 program is to be implemented It includes an overview of each of the training modules a description of the program components and instructions on how to use the program
The New Team Memberrsquos Learning Journey
A Learnerrsquos journey through IHOP 101 is composed of four basic stages
STAGE 1New Team Member On-Boarding
Completed with the General Manager
STAGE 2Position Overview
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 3Station Training
Completed with Certifi ed Trainer
STAGE 4Practical Evaluation
Completed with the General Manager
Stage 1 All new Team Members complete On-Boarding with the General Manager before any position or station training takes place On-Boarding is equivalent to what is commonly referred to as a Team Member orientation During this module the new Team Member learns more about IHOP becomes familiar with their restaurant meets the rest of the team learns the organizationrsquos policies and values completes Shades of Harassment training learns about their upcoming learning journey and much much more
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
2727
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The second part of On-Boarding Sanitation and Safety may be taught by the General Manager or the Certifi ed Trainer This section provides the Learner with the necessary information to ensure that food safety the well-being of our guests and Team Members is always a priority
The Sanitation and Safety section can be taught in conjunction with position overviews and position-specifi c training No Team Member should be left unsupervised unless they have been thoroughly trained and have a clear understanding of proper Sanitation and Safety procedures
Stage 2 Following On-Boarding the Learner completes the applicable Position Overview module with their Certifi ed Trainer The Position Overview introduces the Team Member to the general expectations of their new position The Position Overview also covers the competencies skills and responsibilities of each position such as safety practices timing standards IHOPrsquos service standards etc
Stage 3 Following the Position Overview Module the Learner completes the applicable position-specifi c module with their Certifi ed Trainer
Stage 4 Upon completing a position-specifi c module the Learner will be given a practical application examination by the General Manager The Learner will be asked to perform what they have learned in the Position Overview and Station modules while the Manager observes and evaluates their performance
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
2828
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Overview of Training Modules
The IHOP 101 Program is divided into training modules This helps the new Team Member and their Certifi ed Trainer focus on what the Learner needs to learn in manageable steps at a pace and in an order that works best for the Learner The following are the modules of the program
New Team Member On-Boarding
Front-of-HouseOverview Cook Combo Overview
HostHostess Station
Cashier Station
Server Station
Cook Overview
Prep Station
Egg Station
Fryer Station
Wet Grill Station
Sandwich Station
Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Back-of-House Station
Front-of-House Station
Which Modules to Use
To know which Position Overview and Station Modules each Team Member must complete in order to be prepared to do what will be expected of them you must be familiar with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the position-specifi c modules
The table below lists each module briefl y explains who should complete each module and provides a short summary of the information covered in each module
Module Name Who Should Complete It
On-Boarding All new hires
Front-of-House Position Overview
All Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
Cashier Station All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Cook Position Overview All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Cook ndash Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Cook ndash Egg Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
Cook ndash Fryer Station All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Cook ndash Sandwich Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing sandwiches and entreacutee salads
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
2929
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Module Name Who Should Complete It
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
Cook ndash Wheel Station All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
Combo OverviewAll Combos and all Team Members performing FOH cleaning responsibilities and BOH glassware and utensil cleaning responsibilities
Combo ndash Back-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Combo ndash Front-of-House Station
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Once you understand what modules are available and what learnings each of them covers you must identify and guide the Learner through the completion of the modules that cover the responsibilities of their job
All new hire Team Members are to complete the On-Boarding Module with the General Manager Next with their Certifi ed Trainer each Learner completes the Position Overview Module that is applicable to the position that they will be working or are training for Then again with their Certifi ed Trainer the Learner completes the Station Modules that apply to the expectations and requirements of their position
The examples below show the Modules that should be completed for some of the positions that you will be training
Example 1 The new Team Member is a Host or Hostess They will complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Overview
HostHostess Station Module
And if the HostHostess will also serve as a Cashier complete
Cashier Station Module
Example 2 The new Team Member was hired to be a Dry Grill Cook They will complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
And if the Dry Grill Cook will also assist the Wet Grill Cook with crepes amp French toast during peak periods they will also completehellip
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
And if they will also be performing the role of the Wheel Station they will also complete
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
3030
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 The new Team Member was hired to be a Prep Cook They should completehellip
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
And if the Prep Cook will also assist the line cook team with producing sandwiches during peak periods they should also complete
______________________________________
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
3131
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Using the Modules for Cross-Functional Training
All of the modules a Learner should complete are not always obvious The need for familiarity with the competencies skills and information covered in each of the modules is especially important when a Team Member are normally considered a responsibility or function of a diff erent position
You must be able to identify and provide the training of additional modules if they are needed for a Team Member who will be expected to perform cross-functional responsibilities that are not commonly considered a duty of their position
The examples below explain which and why additional Modules should be completed for some of the cross-functional possibilities that you may be faced with identifying and including in a Team Memberrsquos training
Example 1 If a Combo will be expected to put away food product deliveries in the walk-in you must be aware that food storage hierarchy temperature control and other information they need to know in order to correctly perform this task are not covered in any of the Combo Position Modules but they are covered in the Cook Position Overview Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function of storing product deliveries in the walk-in this Combo would also need to complete the Cook Position Overview Module
Example 2 If a Cook who was hired to primarily work the Egg and Fryer Stations will also be expected to assist the rest of the cook team with production of sandwiches and salads you must be aware that production of sandwiches and salads are not covered in the Cook Position Overview Egg Station or Fryer Station Modules but they are covered in the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module So to be able to correctly perform the added function assisting with production of sandwiches and salads this Cook would also need to complete the Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Now you try Write in which Modules the newly hired Team Member should complete
Practice 1 A Combo will be expected to perform both BOH Combo responsibilities and FOH Combo responsibilities but will also be expected to greet and seat guests upon occasion What 6 Modules should this newly hired Combo complete
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
3232
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Program Components
This section describes each of the training program components and how they are to be used
Trainerrsquos Guides
The IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides are the foundation of the program They are portable aids that guide the Trainer through teaching the competencies and skills the Learner must master to successfully complete each module
Trainerrsquos Guide
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
HostHostess Station
There is a Trainerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training modules They incorporate the information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide as well as additional talking points and training instructions
Welcome the Learner to the HostHostess Station Module and explain
In this module we will build on what you learned when you completed the Front-of-House Overview module by covering the knowledge and skills you need to successfully perform in the HostHostess Station As you can see in your Learnerrsquos Guide we will be covering
Station and shift preparedness
A review of critical safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
And most importantly what Service as Good as Our Pancakes means in the HostHostess Station including
A review of the three basic needs of every guestA review of the Platinum Rule of Great ServiceAnd IHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
Host Station Module Introduction LG 2
HostH
ostess Station Trainerrsquos Guide
The Certifi ed Trainer uses the Trainerrsquos Guides to train the Learner using a hands-on approach - one topic at a time The Trainerrsquos Guides are designed to be easy to use and to provide the Certifi ed Trainer with clear direction that matches the Learnerrsquos Guide They contain questions the Certifi ed Trainer can ask the Learner to facilitate Learner interaction and understanding dialogue to enhance explanation and clarifi cation of key learnings references to additional relevant exercises from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and answers for station quizzes found in the Learnerrsquos Guides
The Trainerrsquos Guides are laminated and intended to be re-used with each new Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Trainerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you will train Focus on becoming familiar with the information direction and guidance that they contain
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
3333
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Learnerrsquos Guides
The Learnerrsquos Guides are portable visual aids that provide Learner focus and support the trainer-led portions of the training program In essence they are the Learnersrsquo maps for their learning journey
Learnerrsquos Guide
HostHostess Station
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
There is a Learnerrsquos Guide for each of the IHOP 101 training Modules Given to the Learner at the start of each module they guide the Learner through the key competencies and skills that must be mastered for successful completion of the module and provide the Learner with a visual reference for what the Certifi ed Trainer is teaching them
Host Station Module Introduction
In this module you will learn
Station and shift preparedness
Safety and sanitation
Additional Host Station responsibilities
Service as Good as Our Pancakes
The three basic needs of every guestThe Platinum Rule of Great Guest ServiceIHOPrsquos HostHostess Guidelines to Great Guest Service
HostH
ostess Station Learnerrsquos Guide
3333 - June 2010
The Learnerrsquos Guides are simple and bulleted to aid retention singling out key learnings for emphasis of what is the most important
They also include a station quiz and pre-practical exam that are used to evaluate station certifi cation readiness
The Learner Guides are intended to be collected from each Learner after completion of the module and re-used by the next Learner
Activity Read through the IHOP 101 Learnerrsquos Guides for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each page of each Learnerrsquos Guide with the corresponding pages of the applicable Trainerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the two components work together
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
3434
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Pocket Cards
The Team Member Pocket Card is the take-away tool for each new Team Member Given to the Learner during their Station-specifi c training it is used to reinforce key learnings and provides a place for the Learner to make important notes and add key restaurant-specifi c information
6 7 8
Guideline 1 Warmly Greet
Guideline 2 Promptly Seat
Guideline 3 Stay Available
Guideline 4 Finish Strong
Once seated hand each guest a menu with the beverages section facing up
Let them know about specials
Tell them the Serverrsquos name
Thank them for choosing IHOP
Inform the Server of any special events or needs of the guest
Stay Available
Never miss an opportunity to be of service
Smile
Establish eye contact
Keep an eye out for
Guests who need beveragesrefi llsGuests who have questionsGuests who need somethingServers who need helpTables that need to be pre-bussed
Greet guest with ldquoGood [morning afternoon evening] Thank you for calling IHOP [location] This is [your name] How may I help yourdquo
Ask permission before placing caller on hold
Check back every 30 to 60 seconds
To Go Orders
HostHostess takes the order
HostHostess inputs order into POS
Galley prepares the order
HostHostess assembles order and places in a bag with utensils and condiments
Guest carries the order home
1
2
3
4
5
This book belongs to
Finish Strong
Leave guests with the unmistakable impression
that your Host service doesnrsquot end just because
you have shown them to their table
Smile
Make eye contact
Ask the guest about their meal and service
Address any guest concerns using the LAST procedure
As they leave thank the guests and invite them to return
Answering the Telephone
You should always provide Service as Good as Our Pancakes even when speaking on the phone
Smile
Answer within three rings
Host Station
There is a Team Member Pocket Card for each of the IHOP 101 station-specifi c training modules They mirror the key information found in each modulersquos corresponding Learnerrsquos Guide
They fold to ldquopocket sizerdquo for portability and convenience and eliminate the need to print complete Learnerrsquos Guides for each Team Member
The Team Member Pocket Cards are printed as needed for each Learner when they begin a new module and can be used both during the training and as a reference after the module has been completed
Activity Scan through the IHOP 101 Team Member Pocket Cards for the position(s) and station(s) that you train Match each card to the contents of each applicable Learnerrsquos Guide to become familiar with how the Pocket Card reinforces the key information from the modules
Training
The training videos for Servers HostsHostesses Cooks and Combos are provided in DVD format Each DVD contains video segments pertaining to each training module
The video segments are intended to be viewed by the Learner as training progresses For example before actually practicing the preparation of omelettes on the grill and as a supplement to the Certifi ed Trainerrsquos instruction a cook would watch the omelettes section of the Cook Training videos As an alternative the DVDs may be watched from start to fi nish and then re-watched by segment to reinforce learning
The table on the following pages lists each training video chapter and segment and briefl y explains who should view each chapter or segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
3535
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Shades of Harassment
Supervisor All management or supervisor new hires
Team member All hourly Team Member new hires
IHOP Front-of-House
Service OverviewAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
HostHostess Station
All HostsHostesses and all Team Members who will be greeting and seating guests
All Cashiers and all Team Members who will be operating the cash register and collecting guest payments
Server Station
All Servers and all Team Members who will be taking guest orders and serving food and beverages to the guests
Serving Satisfaction
Order
Delivery
Pre-Delivery
Post-Delivery
Follow Up
Finish Strong
Sidework
LASTAll Team Members who will be interacting with guests and all Learners who will be completing the HostHostess Cashier and Server Modules
Tip Reporting All Servers and all Team Members who receive tips
Cook
Cook Introduction All Cooks and all Team Members who will be preparing food
Prep Station All Prep Cooks and all Team Members who will be performing the advance preparation of food
Egg Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing eggs and egg plates
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods in the fryer
Wet Grill Station Omelettes French Toast International Pancakes
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
3636
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Video Chapter
NameSegment Name Who Should Complete It
Cook(cont)
Pit Station Miscellaneous Food Items
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the wet (pit) grill
Wheel Station
All Cooks and Team Members who will be preparing foods using the dry grill
All cooks and Team Members who will be calling the wheel and performing the role of the wheel position
IHOP for Me(Simple amp Fit)
All Cooks and Team Members who will be completing the Egg Wet Grill Sandwich Dry Grill and Wheel Station Modules
Combo
Combo Introduction
All Combos and all Team Members who will be performing Combo duties
Restrooms
Maintaining the Outside of the Building
Dish Washing
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Back-of-House functions of the Combo position
Receiving and Storing Foods
Changing Bag-In-Box
Bussing a Table
All Combos and Team Members who will be performing the Front-of-House functions of the Combo position
Setting Up a Table
Checking the Restrooms
Seating Guests
Responding to Guestsrsquo Special Needs
Assisting the Servers
Cleaning the Carpets
Activity Scan through the Training Videos DVD Focus on becoming familiar with the chapters and segments available and the general topics and information covered in each segment
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
3737
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is a source of supplemental and optional tools materials and resources that can be printed as needed or desired for use in addition to the IHOP 101 Module components
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is provided for the Trainer and contains a number of tools like restaurant learning maps Learner study guides and role-play exercises with instructions The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is always growing so it should be checked regularly for updates and additions
The Trainerrsquos Toolkit is located on insideIHOP
Activity With the Managerrsquos assistance open and view the contents of the Trainerrsquos Toolkit on insideIHOP Focus on becoming familiar with the tools materials and resources available how they are sorted and how some of the items found there could potentially supplement or enhance your Learnersrsquo learning journey
The Learning Passport
The Learning Passport provides a fun and convenient document that contains a Team Member pledge and the practical exams for all stations It is used to asses record and celebrate each Learnerrsquos progress achievements and successes
The Learning Passport is introduced to the new Team Member during their On-Boarding with the manager when the learning journey is introduced and explained At this time the Learner will complete the fi rst page of the passport taking the ldquoWelcome to IHOPrdquo pledge They will also be given an opportunity to view the practical exams to get an idea of how their training progress will be measured
The main function of the Learning Passport is the practical application examinations These exams are based on the competencies and skills the Learner must master the tasks that they are required to complete in their job and the steps that make up those tasks As a Learner completes their training for each station the manager uses the Passport to evaluate the Learnerrsquos ability to successfully demonstrate and perform what they have learned
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
3838
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
2
1 Promptly greet or acknowledge the guest
2 Smile make eye contact and give the guest a warm greeting
3 Come out from behind the podium
4 Engage in light conversation or ask open-ended questions to make the guest feel welcome
5 Ask questions to address basic guest needs (eg number in party seating preferences etc)
6 Ask questions to address special guest needs (eg guests with infants wheelchairs etc)
7 Use the wait list properly
8 Give proper wait time estimates
9 Properly rotate seating in the dining room
10 Walk at the same pace as the guest when showing them to their table
11 Engage in light conversation with the guest when showing them to their table
12 Pull chair away from table as the guest sits if necessary
13 Remove or add extra place settings if necessary
hosthostess
3
14 Hand a menu to each guest after seating with the beverage side up
15 Mention the LTO
16 Tell the guest Serverrsquos name
17 Thank the guest for choosing IHOP
18 Communicate to Server any special events or needs of the guest if applicable
19 Watch for ways to help Server (pre-bussing giving refi lls etc) as they were passing through the dining room after seating guests
20 Collect menus as they were passing through the dining room
21 Monitor the dining room in order to see where they could assist
22 Refi ll guest drinks if needed
23 Pre-bus tables if needed
24 Re-set tables if needed
25 To-go items kept stocked
26 Promptly and correctly packed to-go orders
hosthostess
The Learner is asked to perform the job for which they just completed training while the manager observes
When the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly the Manager checks the corresponding box
If the Learner does not successfully perform or demonstrate one or more of the listed competencies skills or tasks correctly the Manager does not check the box and additional training is provided to the Learner
1
This
pra
ctic
al w
ill b
e us
ed to
det
erm
ine
how
eff
ect
ivel
y yo
u de
mon
stra
te th
e IH
OP
Gui
delin
es
and
Proc
edur
es fo
r eac
h po
sitio
n P
rope
r tra
inin
g an
d ex
ecut
ion
will
ens
ure
that
our
gue
sts
get t
he
kind
of f
ood
and
serv
ice
that
the
IHO
P br
and
was
bu
ilt o
n
Re
sta
ura
nt
Ma
na
ge
r O
bser
ve L
earn
er in
act
ion
and
chec
k th
e bo
x ne
xt to
the
task
s th
at a
re
com
plet
ed c
orre
ctly
Tas
ks c
heck
ed m
ust m
eet
the
follo
win
g cr
iteria
Le
arn
er
is a
ble
to
ex
ecu
te p
er
SO
P
L
ea
rne
r co
mp
lete
s ta
sk i
n a
n a
cce
pta
ble
ti
me
fra
me
L
ea
rne
rrsquos
resu
lts
ali
gn
wit
h o
ur
ldquoCo
me
H
un
gry
Le
av
e H
ap
py
rdquo p
hil
oso
ph
y
Item
s no
t mee
ting
this
crit
eria
will
rem
ain
unch
ecke
d un
til L
earn
er is
re-e
valu
ated
and
can
co
mpl
ete
the
task
Whe
n al
l tas
ks a
re c
heck
ed
the
prac
tical
is s
igne
d by
Res
taur
ant M
anag
er a
nd
Lear
ner a
nd th
e cu
rren
t dat
e is
ent
ered
N
ote
L
ea
rne
r is
no
t ce
rtifi
ed
in
th
at
p
osi
tio
n u
nti
l a
ll t
ask
s a
re c
he
ck
ed
an
d
t
he
pra
cti
ca
l is
sig
ne
d a
nd
da
ted
instr
uctio
ns
When additional training is completed the Manager asks the Learner to once again perform the job for which they just completed training while the Manager observes and checks the boxes once the Learner successfully performs the listed competency skill or task correctly
Once all of the boxes are checked by the manager validating that all of the listed competencies skills or tasks were demonstrated or performed correctly the manager congratulates the Learner on successful completion of the applicable module the Manager and Trainer sign and date the Practical Exam for that module the Learner is considered certifi ed in that station and they are ready to work that station or to begin their next training module
The Learning Passport contains practical exams for all Station Modules which also integrate competencies and skills from the Position Overview modules There is no practical exam for the On-Boarding module
The Learning Passports are ordered or printed as needed and one is used for each Learner throughout their learning journey
Completion Certifi cate
Upon successful completion of the modules required for a particular position the Learner is ldquocertifi edrdquo for that position (ie a Certifi ed Egg Cook) If you choose you can complete and print a Certifi cate of Completion with the Team Memberrsquos name training completion date and position to present to the Learner to additionally recognize their eff orts The certifi cate template is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
3939
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Training Tracking Sheet
Each Team Memberrsquos training history is to be recorded on the IHOP 101 Program Tracking spreadsheet The updated spreadsheet is to be maintained and stored in the restaurantrsquos OAR Binder It can be posted in the Team Member break area if desired This spreadsheet is available in the Trainerrsquos Tool Kit on insideIHOP in Excel format Complete the tracking sheet as follows
Column Action
Name Fill in the Team Memberrsquos name
Start Date Fill in the date that the Team Member started work
Last Date Worked Fill in the date that a former Team Memberrsquos employment was terminated if applicable
On-Boarding Front-of-the-House Cook Combo Station-Specifi c Modules
Place a check mark in the appropriate column to identify which training modules the Team Member has successfully completed
Recertifi cation YearFill in the appropriate year and place a checkmark in the appropriate column when the Team Member completes an annual training recertifi cation
Training Others Place a check mark in this column when the Team Member completes the Training Others module
Team Member Training Program Tracking Sheet Restaurant ___________
FOH SERVER
Overview Sanitation amp Safety Overview Host Cashier Server Overview Prep Egg Sandwich Fryer Wet
Grill Dry Grill Wheel Overview FOH BOH
Name Last Day Employed
On-Boarding COOK COMBO TrainingOthersHOST
Front of the House
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
4040
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Quiz How to Use the IHOP 101 Program
Now that you have learned about the IHOP 101 Program modules components and how to use each of them itrsquos time to test your understanding
For each new Team Member position plan shown below write in which modules the Learner should complete Then place a checkmark in the appropriate column(s) to indicate which of the program components available will be used for the Learnerrsquos completion of each module Assume that the Certifi ed Trainer will seek and include additional tools or resources as needed from the Trainerrsquos Toolkit and that each module completed will be tracked on the Training Tracking Spreadsheet
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
1
The new Team Member is a Server Which 3 Modules should they complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
And if the Server will also perform HostHostess duties such as greeting and seating guests as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
HostHostess Station Module
And if the Server will also perform Cashier duties as part of their Server position what additional module should they also complete
Cashier Station Module
2
The new Team Member was hired to be a Line Cook who will be working alone to produce all guest orders and assist with advance food preparation during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook - Prep Station Module
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
4141
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
2
(conrsquot)
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
3
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Back-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
4
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be working only in the restaurantrsquos Front-of-House Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - FOH Station Module
5
The new Team Member was hired to be a Combo who will be performing both Front-of-House and Back-of-House functions of the Combo position Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Combo Position Overview
Combo - BOH Station Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
6
The new Team Member was hired to be a Server but they will also be expected to prepare certain foods in advance such as lemon wedges or dinner salads Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
Server Station Module
Cook Position Overview
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
4242
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Team Member Position Plans
amp Modules to Complete
Tra
ine
rrsquos
Gu
ide
Le
arn
errsquo
s G
uid
e
Tra
inin
g V
ide
os
Tea
m M
em
be
r
Po
cke
t C
ard
Le
arn
ing
Pa
ssp
ort
Cook - Prep Station Module
7
This Team Member was hired to be a HostHostess but in addition to their normal responsibilities they will also be expected to bus and reset tables during lower volume periods Which modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Front-of-House Position Overview
HostHostess Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - FOH Station Module
8
This Team Member was hired to be a Cook In addition to sometimes working alone to produce all guest orders during lower volume periods they will also be expected to wash and restock dishes during very low volume hours The restaurant does have a full-time Prep Cook who already completes all of the restaurantrsquos advance food preparation so this cook will not have to assist with prep Which Modules should this Learner complete
On-Boarding
Cook Position Overview
Cook ndash Egg Station Module
Cook ndash Fryer Station Module
Cook ndash Wet Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Sandwich Station Module
Cook ndash Dry Grill Station Module
Cook ndash Wheel Station Module
Combo Position Overview Module
Combo - BOH Station Module
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
TRAINING
OTHERS
4343
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
Now answer the following additional questions If a question is multiple choice circle the one best answer from the options provided
9 When should the modules that a new hire Learner must complete be identifi eda During their fi rst interview for the jobb Before their training beginsc As their training progresses
10 If the Certifi ed Trainer desires or needs additional or supplemental Team Member training tools materials and resources to enhance or supplement the module training where should they lookThe Trainerrsquos Toolkit
11 Who is responsible for completing the On-Boarding module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Learner completes it on their own
12 Who is responsible for completing the Position Overview module with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The Crew Chief on Duty
13 Who is responsible for completing the Station-Specifi c modules with the Learnera The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc The food distributorrsquos delivery driver
14 Who is responsible for evaluating the Learnerrsquos ability to demonstrate or perform the competencies skills and responsibilities of their job using the practical exams contained in the Learning Passport a The General Managerb The Certifi ed Trainerc Anyone who is available
15 When should the practical exams be administered to and completed successfully by the Learnera Before they are permitted to work their station without supervision or supportb At least 30 days following their completion of the required station modulesc Only if it looks like theyrsquore ldquonot catching onrdquo during their training
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
4444
copy 2010 IHOP IP LLC
TRAINING
OTHERS
Training Others Self-Test
Now that yoursquove completed the entire Training Others Module itrsquos time to take the end-of-module quiz to see how much yoursquove retained Read each statement below and determine which step of training it applies to Place a checkmark in the column of the correct step to indicate your answer Some of the statements may apply to multiple steps Review your answers with your trainer
StatementSteps
Plan Tell Show Do Review
1 The Certifi ed Trainer performs the task while the Learner watches
2 Encourage the Learner to ask questions
3 The Certifi ed Trainer explains the steps of the task and why itrsquos important
4 The Learner explains what theyrsquore doing and why theyrsquore doing it
5 Correct the Learner in a way that others canrsquot hear
6 Prepare for the training session before it begins
7 Itrsquos important to provide a ldquobig picturerdquo overview in this step
8Donrsquot leave them alone during this step until you know they can do the job correctly without error or injury
9 Make sure the Learner understands the job and answer all his questions
10 The step where the who what when where why and how are determined
11 Demonstrate the task in small manageable chunks one step at a time
12 Praise when they do the job right or show improvement
13 The Learner performs the task while the trainer observes and gives feedback
14 Check back on them frequently after the training is over to see if theyrsquore OK
15 Successful on-the-job training begins with this step
Congratulations You have completed the Training Others Module Give this booklet to your Manager to complete your certifi cation
Teaching others can be one of the most fun rewarding and satisfying things yoursquoll ever do If you fi nd your job fulfi lling your Learners will too Good luck
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date
Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer
Follow these steps to designate a Team Member as a Certifi ed Trainer
Step 1 Team Member completes all appropriate modules and practicalsStep 2 Team Member views the IHOP 101 Training Program DVD Step 3 Team Member completes the Training Others module and practicalStep 4 General Manager completes and signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed TrainerStep 5 Franchise Point of Contact (POC) signs the Training Verifi cation For Certifi ed Trainer formStep 6 GM issues a Certifi ed Trainer Certifi cate (from insideIHOPcom) and a Certifi ed Trainer pin (available from
DataSource) The Training Verifi cation form is fi led in the Team Memberrsquos personnel fi le
Team Memberrsquos Name ________________________________ Restaurant _________________
Front-of-HouseModules
Date Complete Cook Modules Date
Complete Combo Modules Date Complete
On-boarding On-boarding On-boarding
FOH Overview Cook Overview Combo Overview
HostHostess Prep Station Combo BOH
Cashier Egg Station Combo FOH
Server Sandwich Station Training Others Module
Training Others Module Wet Grill Station Training Others
Practical
Training Others Practical Fryer Station View IHOP 101
Training DVD
View IHOP 101 Training DVD Dry Grill Station
Wheel Station
Training Others Module
Training Others Practical
General Manager Name General Manager Signature Date
POC Name POC Signature Date